emo/shadow
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Releases Activity

[svn-upgrade] Integrating new upstream version, shadow (4.0.13)

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
nekral-guest
2007-10-07 11:47:01 +00:00
parent e89f3546f2
commit 8451bed8b0
279 changed files with 12461 additions and 8086 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

129
man/Makefile.am
View File

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ man_XMANS = \
login.access.5.xml \
login.defs.5.xml \
logoutd.8.xml \
newgrp.1.xml \
newusers.8.xml \
passwd.1.xml \
passwd.5.xml \
@@ -32,6 +33,7 @@ man_XMANS = \
pwconv.8.xml \
shadow.3.xml \
shadow.5.xml \
sg.1.xml \
su.1.xml \
suauth.5.xml \
useradd.8.xml \
@@ -94,6 +96,131 @@ EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) \
all:
shadow-man-pages.pot:
shadow-man-pages.pot: $(man_XMANS)
xml2po -o $@ $(man_XMANS)
if ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN
chage.1: chage.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
chfn.1: chfn.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
chpasswd.8: chpasswd.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
chsh.1: chsh.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
expiry.1: expiry.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
faillog.5: faillog.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
faillog.8: faillog.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
gpasswd.1: gpasswd.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
groupadd.8: groupadd.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
groupdel.8: groupdel.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
groupmems.8: groupmems.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
groupmod.8: groupmod.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
groups.1: groups.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
grpck.8: grpck.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
gshadow.5: gshadow.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
id.1: id.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
lastlog.8: lastlog.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
limits.5: limits.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
login.1: login.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
login.access.5: login.access.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
login.defs.5: login.defs.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
logoutd.8: logoutd.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
newgrp.1: newgrp.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
newusers.8: newusers.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
passwd.1: passwd.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
passwd.5: passwd.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
porttime.5: porttime.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
pw_auth.3: pw_auth.3.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
pwck.8: pwck.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
grpconv.8 grpunconv.8 pwconv.8 pwunconv.8: pwconv.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
shadow.3 getspnam.3: shadow.3.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
shadow.5: shadow.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
sg.1: sg.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
su.1: su.1.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
sulogin.8: sulogin.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
suauth.5: suauth.5.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
useradd.8: useradd.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
userdel.8: userdel.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
usermod.8: usermod.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
vigr.8 vipw.8: vipw.8.xml
$(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
CLEANFILES = $(man_MANS)
endif

139
man/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -90,6 +91,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -101,6 +104,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -140,6 +144,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -209,6 +216,7 @@ man_XMANS = \
login.access.5.xml \
login.defs.5.xml \
logoutd.8.xml \
newgrp.1.xml \
newusers.8.xml \
passwd.1.xml \
passwd.5.xml \
@@ -217,6 +225,7 @@ man_XMANS = \
pwconv.8.xml \
shadow.3.xml \
shadow.5.xml \
sg.1.xml \
su.1.xml \
suauth.5.xml \
useradd.8.xml \
@@ -277,6 +286,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) \
sulogin.8.xml \
sulogin.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@CLEANFILES = $(man_MANS)
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
@@ -289,9 +299,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
@@ -699,6 +709,7 @@ install-strip:
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
@@ -776,8 +787,128 @@ uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 uninstall-man5 \
all:
shadow-man-pages.pot:
shadow-man-pages.pot: $(man_XMANS)
xml2po -o $@ $(man_XMANS)
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@chage.1: chage.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@chfn.1: chfn.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@chpasswd.8: chpasswd.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@chsh.1: chsh.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@expiry.1: expiry.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@faillog.5: faillog.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@faillog.8: faillog.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@gpasswd.1: gpasswd.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@groupadd.8: groupadd.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@groupdel.8: groupdel.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@groupmems.8: groupmems.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@groupmod.8: groupmod.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@groups.1: groups.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@grpck.8: grpck.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@gshadow.5: gshadow.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@id.1: id.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@lastlog.8: lastlog.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@limits.5: limits.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@login.1: login.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@login.access.5: login.access.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@login.defs.5: login.defs.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@logoutd.8: logoutd.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@newgrp.1: newgrp.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@newusers.8: newusers.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@passwd.1: passwd.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@passwd.5: passwd.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@porttime.5: porttime.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@pw_auth.3: pw_auth.3.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@pwck.8: pwck.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@grpconv.8 grpunconv.8 pwconv.8 pwunconv.8: pwconv.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@shadow.3 getspnam.3: shadow.3.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@shadow.5: shadow.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@sg.1: sg.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@su.1: su.1.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@sulogin.8: sulogin.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@suauth.5: suauth.5.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@useradd.8: useradd.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@userdel.8: userdel.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@usermod.8: usermod.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@vigr.8 vipw.8: vipw.8.xml
@ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@ $(XSLTPROC) -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

108
man/chage.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "CHAGE" "1" "08/09/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "CHAGE" "1" "10/10/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,37 +14,38 @@ chage \- change user password expiry information
\fBchage\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIuser\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBchage\fR
\fBchage\fR
command changes the number of days between password changes and the date of the last password change. This information is used by the system to determine when a user must change her password.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBchage\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBchage\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-lastday\fR \fILAST_DAY\fR
Set the number of days since January 1st, 1970 when the password was last changed. The date may also be expressed in the format YYYY\-MM\-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area).
.TP
\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-expiredate\fR \fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
Set the date on which the user's account will no longer be accessible. The
\fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
option is the number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the accounted is locked. The date may also be expressed in the format YYYY\-MM\-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area). A user whose account is locked must contact the system administrator before being able to use the system again.
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
Set the date number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the user's account will no longer be accessible. The date may also be expressed in the format YYYY\-MM\-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area). A user whose account is locked must contact the system administrator before being able to use the system again.
.sp
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
will remove an account expiration date.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-inactive\fR \fIINACTIVE\fR
Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has expired before the account is locked. The
\fIINACTIVE\fR
Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has expired before the account is locked. The
\fIINACTIVE\fR
option is the number of days of inactivity. A user whose account is locked must contact the system administrator before being able to use the system again.
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIINACTIVE\fR
.sp
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIINACTIVE\fR
will remove an accounts inactivity.
.TP
\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR
@@ -54,40 +55,40 @@ Show account aging information.
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her password at any time.
.TP
\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-maxdays\fR \fIMAX_DAYS\fR
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid. When
\fIMAX_DAYS\fR
plus
\fILAST_DAY\fR
is less than the current day, the user will be required to change her password before being able to use her account. This occurence can be planned for in advance by use of the
\fB\-W\fR
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid. When
\fIMAX_DAYS\fR
plus
\fILAST_DAY\fR
is less than the current day, the user will be required to change her password before being able to use her account. This occurence can be planned for in advance by use of the
\fB\-W\fR
option, which provides the user with advance warning.
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIMAX_DAYS\fR
.sp
Passing the number
\fI\-1\fR
as the
\fIMAX_DAYS\fR
will remove checking a password validation.
.TP
\fB\-W\fR, \fBwarndays\fR \fIWARN_DAYS\fR
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. The
\fIWARN_DAYS\fR
\fB\-W\fR, \fB\-\-warndays\fR \fIWARN_DAYS\fR
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. The
\fIWARN_DAYS\fR
option is the number of days prior to the password expiring that a user will be warned her password is about to expire.
.PP
If none of the options are selected,
\fBchage\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
If none of the options are selected,
\fBchage\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
marks.
.SH "NOTE"
.PP
The
\fBchage\fR
The
\fBchage\fR
program requires shadow password file to be available. Its functionality is not available when passwords are stored in the passwd file.
.PP
The
\fBchage\fR
command is restricted to the root user, except for the
\fB\-l\fR
The
\fBchage\fR
command is restricted to the root user, except for the
\fB\-l\fR
option, which may be used by an unprivileged user to determine when her password or account is due to expire.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -96,9 +97,26 @@ user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
secure user account information
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBchage\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
.TP
\fI1\fR
permission denied
.TP
\fI2\fR
invalid command syntax
.TP
\fI15\fR
can't find the shadow password file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP

265
man/chage.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='chage.1'>
<!-- $Id: chage.1.xml,v 1.15 2005/08/10 08:25:00 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: chage.1.xml,v 1.27 2005/10/10 17:11:22 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -21,16 +21,17 @@
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>chage</command> command changes the number of days
between password changes and the date of the last password change.
This information is used by the system to determine when a user must
change her password.
<para>
<command>chage</command> command changes the number of days between
password changes and the date of the last password change. This
information is used by the system to determine when a user must change
her password.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -38,108 +39,117 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-d</option>, <option>--lastday</option> <replaceable>LAST_DAY</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days since January 1st, 1970 when the password
was last changed. The date may also be expressed in the format
YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area).
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-d</option>, <option>--lastday</option> <replaceable>LAST_DAY</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days since January 1st, 1970 when the password
was last changed. The date may also be expressed in the format
YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-E</option>, <option>--expiredate</option> <replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Set the date on which the user's account will no longer be
accessible. The <emphasis remap='I'>EXPIRE_DATE</emphasis> option
is the number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the
accounted is locked. The date may also be expressed in the
format YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your
area). A user whose account is locked must contact the system
administrator before being able to use the system again.
<term>
<option>-E</option>, <option>--expiredate</option> <replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the date number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the
user's account will no longer be accessible. The date may also
be expressed in the format YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more
commonly used in your area). A user whose account is locked must
contact the system administrator before being able to use the
system again.
</para>
<para>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the <emphasis
remap='I'>EXPIRE_DATE</emphasis> will remove an account expiration date.
</para>
</listitem>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the
<replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable> will remove an account
expiration date.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-I</option>, <option>--inactive</option> <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has
expired before the account is locked. The <emphasis
remap='I'>INACTIVE</emphasis> option is the number of days of
inactivity. A user whose account is locked must contact the system
administrator before being able to use the system again.
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-I</option>, <option>--inactive</option> <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has
expired before the account is locked. The
<replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable> option is the number of days
of inactivity. A user whose account is locked must contact the
system administrator before being able to use the system again.
</para>
<para>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the <emphasis
remap='I'>INACTIVE</emphasis> will remove an accounts inactivity.
</para>
</listitem>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the
<replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable> will remove an accounts
inactivity.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-l</option>, <option>--list</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<option>-l</option>, <option>--list</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Show account aging information.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--mindays</option> <replaceable>MIN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value
of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her
password at any time.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-M</option>, <option>--maxdays</option> <replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid.
When <emphasis remap='I'>MAX_DAYS</emphasis> plus <emphasis
remap='I'>LAST_DAY</emphasis> is less than the current day, the
user will be required to change her password before being able
to use her account. This occurence can be planned for in
advance by use of the <option>-W</option> option, which provides
the user with advance warning.
</para>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--mindays</option> <replaceable>MIN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the <emphasis
remap='I'>MAX_DAYS</emphasis> will remove checking a password validation.
</para>
</listitem>
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value
of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her
password at any time.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-W</option>, <option>warndays</option> <replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is
required. The <emphasis remap='I'>WARN_DAYS</emphasis> option is
the number of days prior to the password expiring that a user
will be warned her password is about to expire.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-M</option>, <option>--maxdays</option> <replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid.
When <replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable> plus
<replaceable>LAST_DAY</replaceable> is less than the current
day, the user will be required to change her password before
being able to use her account. This occurence can be planned for
in advance by use of the <option>-W</option> option, which
provides the user with advance warning.
</para>
<para>
Passing the number <emphasis remap='I'>-1</emphasis> as the
<replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable> will remove checking a
password validation.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-W</option>, <option>--warndays</option> <replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is
required. The <replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable> option is the
number of days prior to the password expiring that a user will
be warned her password is about to expire.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
@@ -147,7 +157,7 @@
in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values
for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or
leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is
displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[ ]</emphasis> marks.
displayed between a pair of <emphasis>[ ]</emphasis> marks.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='note'>
@@ -163,37 +173,74 @@
to expire.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
</term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term>
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
</term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term>
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>chage</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>permission denied</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>15</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't find the shadow password file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

38
man/chfn.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "CHFN" "1" "08/10/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "CHFN" "1" "10/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,33 +14,35 @@ chfn \- change real user name and information
\fBchfn\fR [\-f\ \fIfull_name\fR] [\-r\ \fIroom_no\fR] [\-w\ \fIwork_ph\fR] [\-h\ \fIhome_ph\fR] [\-o\ \fIother\fR] [\fIuser\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR
changes user fullname, office number, office extension, and home phone number information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by
\fBfinger\fR(1)
and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for her own account, subject to the restrictions in
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR. (The default configuration is to prevent users from changing their fullname.) The super user may change any field for any account. Additionally, only the super user may use the
\fB\-o\fR
\fBchfn\fR
changes user fullname, office number, office extension, and home phone number information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by
\fBfinger\fR(1)
and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for her own account, subject to the restrictions in
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR. (The default configuration is to prevent users from changing their fullname.) The super user may change any field for any account. Additionally, only the super user may use the
\fB\-o\fR
option to change the undefined portions of the GECOS field.
.PP
The only restriction placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign. The
\fIother\fR
The only restriction placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign. The
\fIother\fR
field does not have this restriction, and is used to store accounting information used by other applications.
.PP
If none of the options are selected,
\fBchfn\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
If none of the options are selected,
\fBchfn\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
marks. Without options, chfn prompts for the current user account.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
runtime configuration
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR(5)
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

45
man/chfn.1.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='chfn.1'>
<!-- $Id: chfn.1.xml,v 1.12 2005/08/10 08:23:18 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: chfn.1.xml,v 1.17 2005/10/03 17:49:41 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>chfn</command>
<command>chfn</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>full_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-r <replaceable>room_no</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>work_ph</replaceable></arg>
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>chfn</command> changes user fullname, office number,
@@ -39,46 +39,57 @@
the <option>-o</option> option to change the undefined portions of the
GECOS field.
</para>
<para>The only restriction placed on the contents of the fields is that
no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or
equal sign. The <emphasis remap='I'>other</emphasis> field does not
have this restriction, and is used to store accounting information
used by other applications.
</para>
<para> If none of the options are selected, <command>chfn</command>
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the
current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change
the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The
current value is displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[
]</emphasis> marks. Without options, chfn prompts for the current
]</emphasis> marks. Without options, chfn prompts for the current
user account.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>runtime configuration</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

22
man/chpasswd.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "CHPASSWD" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "CHPASSWD" "8" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ chpasswd \- update passwords in batch mode
\fBchpasswd\fR [\fIoptions\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBchpasswd\fR
\fBchpasswd\fR
reads a list of user name and password pairs from standard input and uses this information to update a group of existing users. Each line is of the format:
.PP
\fIuser_name\fR:\fIpassword\fR
\fIuser_name\fR:\fIpassword\fR
.PP
By default the supplied password must be in clear\-text. Default encription algoritm is DES. Also the password age will be updated, if present.
.PP
This command is intended to be used in a large system environment where many accounts are created at a single time.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBchpasswd\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBchpasswd\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-encrypted\fR
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ Display help message and exit.
Use MD5 encryption instead DES when the supplied passwords are not encrypted.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to standard input
\fBchpasswd\fR
Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to standard input
\fBchpasswd\fR
command if it contains unencrypted passwords.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBnewusers\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8)
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBnewusers\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

72
man/chpasswd.8.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='chpasswd.8'>
<!-- $Id: chpasswd.8.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/16 15:42:19 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: chpasswd.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>chpasswd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -16,14 +16,15 @@
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>chpasswd</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>chpasswd</command> reads a list of user name and password
<para>
<command>chpasswd</command> reads a list of user name and password
pairs from standard input and uses this information to update a group
of existing users. Each line is of the format:
</para>
@@ -31,15 +32,17 @@
<emphasis remap='I'>user_name</emphasis>:<emphasis
remap='I'>password</emphasis>
</para>
<para>By default the supplied password must be in clear-text. Default
<para>
By default the supplied password must be in clear-text. Default
encription algoritm is DES. Also the password age will be updated, if
present.
</para>
<para>This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
<para>
This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
where many accounts are created at a single time.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -48,50 +51,53 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-e</option>, <option>--encrypted</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Supplied passwords are in encrypted form.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-e</option>, <option>--encrypted</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Supplied passwords are in encrypted form.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-m</option>, <option>--md5</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Use MD5 encryption instead DES when the supplied passwords
are not encrypted.
</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-m</option>, <option>--md5</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use MD5 encryption instead DES when the supplied passwords are
not encrypted.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to
standard input <command>chpasswd</command> command if it contains
unencrypted passwords.
<para>
Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to standard
input <command>chpasswd</command> command if it contains unencrypted
passwords.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>newusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

38
man/chsh.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "CHSH" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "CHSH" "1" "10/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ chsh \- change login shell
\fBchsh\fR [\-s\ \fIlogin_shell\fR] [\fIuser\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBchsh\fR
\fBchsh\fR
changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the login shell for her own account, the super user may change the login shell for any account.
.PP
The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name must be listed in
\fI/etc/shells\fR, unless the invoker is the super\-user, and then any value may be added. An account with a restricted login shell may not change her login shell. For this reason, placing
\fI/bin/rsh\fR
in
\fI/etc/shells\fR
is discouraged since accidentally changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user from every changing her login shell back to its original value.
The only restriction placed on the login shell is that the command name must be listed in
\fI/etc/shells\fR, unless the invoker is the super\-user, and then any value may be added. An account with a restricted login shell may not change her login shell. For this reason, placing
\fI/bin/rsh\fR
in
\fI/etc/shells\fR
is discouraged since accidentally changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user from ever changing her login shell back to its original value.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
If the
\fB\-s\fR
option is not selected,
\fBchsh\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current login shell. Enter the new value to change the shell, or leave the line blank to use the current one. The current shell is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
If the
\fB\-s\fR
option is not selected,
\fBchsh\fR
operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current login shell. Enter the new value to change the shell, or leave the line blank to use the current one. The current shell is displayed between a pair of
\fI[ ]\fR
marks.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -39,10 +39,14 @@ user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shells\fR
list of valid login shells
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(5)
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

70
man/chsh.1.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='chsh1'>
<!-- $Id: chsh.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/16 15:43:48 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='chsh.1'>
<!-- $Id: chsh.1.xml,v 1.18 2005/10/03 17:49:41 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -15,68 +15,84 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>chsh</command>
<command>chsh</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>login_shell</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>user</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>chsh</command> changes the user login shell. This determines
<para>
<command>chsh</command> changes the user login shell. This determines
the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only
change the login shell for her own account, the super user may change
the login shell for any account.
</para>
<para>The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the
command name must be listed in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>,
unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added.
An account with a restricted login shell may not change her login
shell. For this reason, placing <filename>/bin/rsh</filename> in
<para>
The only restriction placed on the login shell is that the command
name must be listed in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>, unless the
invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added. An
account with a restricted login shell may not change her login shell.
For this reason, placing <filename>/bin/rsh</filename> in
<filename>/etc/shells</filename> is discouraged since accidentally
changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user from every
changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user from ever
changing her login shell back to its original value.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>If the <option>-s</option> option is not selected,
<para>
If the <option>-s</option> option is not selected,
<command>chsh</command> operates in an interactive fashion, prompting
the user with the current login shell. Enter the new value to change
the shell, or leave the line blank to use the current one. The current
shell is displayed between a pair of <emphasis remap='B'>[ ]</emphasis>
marks.
shell is displayed between a pair of <emphasis>[ ]</emphasis> marks.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shells</filename></term>
<listitem>list of valid login shells</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shells</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>list of valid login shells</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

13
man/cs/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/cs
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -195,9 +202,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/cs/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/cs/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/cs/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/cs/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

13
man/de/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/de
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -197,9 +204,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/de/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/de/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/de/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/de/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

13
man/es/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/es
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -77,6 +78,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -88,6 +91,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -127,6 +131,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -189,9 +196,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/es/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/es/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/es/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/es/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

10
man/expiry.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "EXPIRY" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "EXPIRY" "1" "09/30/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ expiry \- check and enforce password expiration policy
\fBexpiry\fR [\-c] [\-f]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBexpiry\fR
\fBexpiry\fR
checks (\fB\-c\fR) the current password expiration and forces (\fB\-f\fR) changes when required. It is callable as a normal user command.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5)
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Ben Collins <bcollins@debian.org>

34
man/expiry.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='expiry.1'>
<!-- $Id: expiry.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: expiry.1.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>expiry</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -20,40 +20,46 @@
<arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>expiry</command> checks (<option>-c</option>) the current
<para>
<command>expiry</command> checks (<option>-c</option>) the current
password expiration and forces (<option>-f</option>) changes when
required. It is callable as a normal user command.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Ben Collins &lt;bcollins@debian.org&gt;</para>

9
man/faillog.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "FAILLOG" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "FAILLOG" "5" "09/20/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,13 +11,12 @@
faillog \- Login failure logging file
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
maintains a count of login failures and the limits for each account. The file is fixed length record, indexed by numerical UID. Each record contains the count of login failures since the last successful login; the maximum number of failures before the account is disabled; the line the last login failure occured on; and the date the last login failure occured.
.PP
The structure of the file is:
.sp
.nf
struct faillog {
short fail_cnt;
short fail_max;

23
man/faillog.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='faillog.5'>
<!-- $Id: faillog.5.xml,v 1.7 2005/06/16 15:49:42 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: faillog.5.xml,v 1.10 2005/09/20 15:22:24 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
<refname>faillog</refname>
<refpurpose>Login failure logging file</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> maintains a count of login
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
failures before the account is disabled; the line the last login
failure occured on; and the date the last login failure occured.
</para>
<para>The structure of the file is:</para>
<programlisting>
struct faillog {
@@ -31,25 +31,28 @@ struct faillog {
time_t fail_time;
};</programlisting>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
<listitem>login failure log</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>login failure log</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

74
man/faillog.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "FAILLOG" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "FAILLOG" "8" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ faillog \- display faillog records or set login failure limits
\fBfaillog\fR [\fIoptions\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBfaillog\fR
formats the contents of the failure log from
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
database. It also can be used for maintains failure counters and limits. Run
\fBfaillog\fR
\fBfaillog\fR
formats the contents of the failure log from
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
database. It also can be used for maintains failure counters and limits. Run
\fBfaillog\fR
without arguments display only list of user faillog records who have ever had a login failure.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBfaillog\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBfaillog\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR
@@ -33,47 +33,47 @@ Display faillog records for all users.
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-lock\-time\fR \fISEC\fR
Lock accout to
\fISEC\fR
Lock account to
\fISEC\fR
seconds after failed login.
.TP
\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-maximum\fR \fIMAX\fR
Set maiximum number of login failures after the account is disabled to
\fIMAX\fR. Selecting
\fIMAX\fR
value of 0 has the effect of not placing a limit on the number of failed logins. The maximum failure count should always be 0 for
\fIroot\fR
Set maximum number of login failures after the account is disabled to
\fIMAX\fR. Selecting
\fIMAX\fR
value of 0 has the effect of not placing a limit on the number of failed logins. The maximum failure count should always be 0 for
\fIroot\fR
to prevent a denial of services attack against the system.
.TP
\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reset\fR
Reset the counters of login failures or one recor if used with \-u
\fILOGIN\fR
option. Write access to
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
Reset the counters of login failures or one record if used with the \-u
\fILOGIN\fR
option. Write access to
\fI/var/log/faillog\fR
is required for this option.
.TP
\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-time\fR \fIDAYS\fR
Display faillog records more recent than
\fIDAYS\fR. The
\fB\-t\fR
flag overrides the use of
Display faillog records more recent than
\fIDAYS\fR. The
\fB\-t\fR
flag overrides the use of
\fB\-u\fR.
.TP
\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-user\fR \fILOGIN\fR
Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and limits (if used with
\fB\-l\fR,
\fB\-m\fR
or
\fB\-r\fR
options) only for user with
Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and limits (if used with
\fB\-l\fR,
\fB\-m\fR
or
\fB\-r\fR
options) only for user with
\fILOGIN\fR.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
\fBfaillog\fR
only prints out users with no successful login since the last failure. To print out a user who has had a successful login since their last failure, you must explicitly request the user with the
\fB\-u\fR
flag, or print out all users with the
\fB\-a\fR
\fBfaillog\fR
only prints out users with no successful login since the last failure. To print out a user who has had a successful login since their last failure, you must explicitly request the user with the
\fB\-u\fR
flag, or print out all users with the
\fB\-a\fR
flag.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ flag.
failure logging file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBfaillog\fR(5)
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBfaillog\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

162
man/faillog.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='faillog.8'>
<!-- $Id: faillog.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/06/16 15:50:30 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: faillog.8.xml,v 1.16 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,23 +14,24 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>faillog</command>
<command>faillog</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>faillog</command> formats the contents of the failure log
<para>
<command>faillog</command> formats the contents of the failure log
from <filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> database. It also can be
used for maintains failure counters and limits. Run
<command>faillog</command> without arguments display only list of user
faillog records who have ever had a login failure.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -39,114 +40,119 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display faillog records for all users.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display faillog records for all users.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock-time</option>
<replaceable>SEC</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Lock accout to <emphasis remap='I'>SEC</emphasis>
seconds after failed login.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock-time</option>
<replaceable>SEC</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Lock account to <replaceable>SEC</replaceable>
seconds after failed login.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--maximum</option>
<replaceable>MAX</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Set maiximum number of login failures after the account is
disabled to <emphasis remap='I'>MAX</emphasis>. Selecting
<emphasis remap='I'>MAX</emphasis> value of 0 has the effect of
not placing a limit on the number of failed logins. The maximum
failure count should always be 0 for <emphasis
remap='B'>root</emphasis> to prevent a denial of services attack
against the system.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--maximum</option>
<replaceable>MAX</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set maximum number of login failures after the account is
disabled to <replaceable>MAX</replaceable>. Selecting
<replaceable>MAX</replaceable> value of 0 has the effect of not
placing a limit on the number of failed logins. The maximum
failure count should always be 0 for <emphasis>root</emphasis>
to prevent a denial of services attack against the system.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-r</option>, <option>--reset</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Reset the counters of login failures or one recor if used
with -u <emphasis remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis> option. Write
access to <filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> is required for
this option.
</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-r</option>, <option>--reset</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Reset the counters of login failures or one record if used with
the -u <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> option. Write access to
<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> is required for this
option.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option>
<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Display faillog records more recent than <emphasis
remap='I'>DAYS</emphasis>. The <option>-t</option> flag overrides
the use of <option>-u</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option>
<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Display faillog records more recent than
<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>. The <option>-t</option>
flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option>
<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and
limits (if used with <option>-l</option>, <option>-m</option> or
<option>-r</option> options) only for user with <emphasis
remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option> <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and limits
(if used with <option>-l</option>, <option>-m</option> or
<option>-r</option> options) only for user with
<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para><command>faillog</command> only prints out users with no successful
<para>
<command>faillog</command> only prints out users with no successful
login since the last failure. To print out a user who has had a
successful login since their last failure, you must explicitly request
the user with the <option>-u</option> flag, or print out all users
with the <option>-a</option> flag.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
<listitem>failure logging file</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/log/faillog</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>failure logging file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>faillog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

13
man/fr/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/fr
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -202,9 +209,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/fr/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/fr/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/fr/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/fr/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

2
man/getspnam.3
View File

@@ -1 +1 @@
.so shadow.3
.so man3/shadow.3

66
man/gpasswd.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GPASSWD" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "GPASSWD" "1" "09/30/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -24,35 +24,35 @@ gpasswd \- administer the /etc/group file
\fBgpasswd\fR [\-A\ \fIuser,\fR...] [\-M\ \fIuser,\fR...] \fIgroup\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBgpasswd\fR
is used to administer the
\fI/etc/group\fR
file (and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
file if compiled with SHADOWGRP defined). Every group can have administrators, members and a password. System administrator can use
\fB\-A\fR
option to define group administrator(s) and
\fB\-M\fR
\fBgpasswd\fR
is used to administer the
\fI/etc/group\fR
file (and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
file if compiled with SHADOWGRP defined). Every group can have administrators, members and a password. System administrator can use
\fB\-A\fR
option to define group administrator(s) and
\fB\-M\fR
option to define members and has all rights of group administrators and members.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
Group administrator can add and delete users using
\fB\-a\fR
and
\fB\-d\fR
options respectively. Administrators can use
\fB\-r\fR
option to remove group password. When no password is set only group members can use
\fBnewgrp\fR
to join the group. Option
\fB\-R\fR
disables access via a password to the group through
\fBnewgrp\fR
Group administrator can add and delete users using
\fB\-a\fR
and
\fB\-d\fR
options respectively. Administrators can use
\fB\-r\fR
option to remove group password. When no password is set only group members can use
\fBnewgrp\fR
to join the group. Option
\fB\-R\fR
disables access via a password to the group through
\fBnewgrp\fR
command (however members will still be able to switch to this group).
.PP
\fBgpasswd\fR
called by a group administrator with group name only prompts for the group password. If password is set the members can still
\fBnewgrp\fR(1)
\fBgpasswd\fR
called by a group administrator with group name only prompts for the group password. If password is set the members can still
\fBnewgrp\fR(1)
without a password, non\-members must supply the password.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ group account information
secure group account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBnewgrp\fR(1),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBgrpck\fR(8),
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBgshadow\fR(5)
\fBnewgrp\fR(1),
\fBgshadow\fR(5),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBgrpck\fR(8),
\fBgroup\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Rafal Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net>

72
man/gpasswd.1.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='gpasswd1'>
<!-- $Id: gpasswd.1.xml,v 1.9 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='gpasswd.1'>
<!-- $Id: gpasswd.1.xml,v 1.14 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -15,23 +15,23 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>-a <replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>user</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>-R <replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
@@ -39,16 +39,17 @@
<arg choice='plain'>-r <replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<command>gpasswd</command>
<arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-A <replaceable>user,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-M <replaceable>user,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>gpasswd</command> is used to administer the
<para>
<command>gpasswd</command> is used to administer the
<filename>/etc/group</filename> file (and
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> file if compiled with SHADOWGRP
defined). Every group can have administrators, members and a password.
@@ -57,7 +58,7 @@
members and has all rights of group administrators and members.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -69,55 +70,62 @@
to the group through <command>newgrp</command> command (however
members will still be able to switch to this group).
</para>
<para><command>gpasswd</command> called by a group administrator with
group name only prompts for the group password. If password is set the
<para>
<command>gpasswd</command> called by a group administrator with group
name only prompts for the group password. If password is set the
members can still <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry> without a password, non-members must supply the password.
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry> without a password, non-members must supply the
password.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Rafal Maszkowski &lt;rzm@pdi.net&gt;</para>

84
man/groupadd.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GROUPADD" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "GROUPADD" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,41 +11,46 @@
groupadd \- Create a new group
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 9
\fBgroupadd\fR [\-g\ \fIgid\fR\ [\-o\ ]] [\-f] [\-K\ \fIKEY\fR=\fIVALUE\fR] \fIgroup\fR
\fBgroupadd\fR [\-g\ \fIgid\fR\ [\-o]] [\-f] [\-K\ \fIKEY\fR=\fIVALUE\fR] \fIgroup\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBgroupadd\fR
The
\fBgroupadd\fR
command creates a new group account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new group will be entered into the system files as needed.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBgroupadd\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBgroupadd\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-f\fR
This option causes to just exit with success status if the specified group already exists. With
\fB\-g\fR, if specified gid already exists, other (unique) gid is chosen (i.e.
\fB\-g\fR
This option causes to just exit with success status if the specified group already exists. With
\fB\-g\fR, if specified gid already exists, other (unique) gid is chosen (i.e.
\fB\-g\fR
is turned off).
.TP
\fB\-g\fR \fIgid\fR
The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
\fB\-g\fR \fIGID\fR
The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
option is used. The value must be non\-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID value greater than 999 and greater than every other group. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system accounts.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-K \fR\fB\fIKEY\fR\fR\fB=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (GID_MIN, GID_MAX and others). Multiple
\fB\-K\fR
options can be specified, e.g.:
\fB\-K\fR \fIGID_MIN\fR=\fI100\fR \fB\-K\fR \fIGID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
Note:
\fB\-K\fR \fIGID_MIN\fR=\fI10\fR,\fIGID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (GID_MIN, GID_MAX and others). Multiple
\fB\-K\fR
options can be specified.
.sp
Example:
\fB\-K \fR\fIGID_MIN\fR=\fI100\fR\fB \-K \fR\fIGID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
.sp
Note:
\fB\-K \fR\fIGID_MIN\fR=\fI10\fR,\fIGID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
doesn't work yet.
.TP
\fB\-o\fR
Allow add group wit non\-unique GID.
This option permits to add group with non\-unique GID.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/group\fR
@@ -53,11 +58,19 @@ group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
secure group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
Groupnames must begin with a lower case letter or an underscore, and only lower case letters, underscores, dashes, and dollar signs may follow. In regular expression terms: [a\-z_][a\-z0\-9_\-]*[$]
.PP
Groupnames may only be up to 16 characters long.
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBgroupadd\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBgroupadd\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -69,7 +82,9 @@ invalid command syntax
invalid argument to option
.TP
\fI4\fR
gid not unique (when \-o not used)
gid not unique (when
\fB\-o\fR
not used)
.TP
\fI9\fR
group name not unique
@@ -78,15 +93,16 @@ group name not unique
can't update group file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

217
man/groupadd.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='groupadd.8'>
<!-- $Id: groupadd.8.xml,v 1.11 2005/07/07 19:25:36 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: groupadd.8.xml,v 1.20 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>groupadd</command>
<command>groupadd</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o</arg>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-K <replaceable>KEY</replaceable>=<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>The <command>groupadd</command> command creates a new group
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
files as needed.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -44,140 +44,183 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This option causes to just exit with success status if the
specified group already exists. With <option>-g</option>, if
specified gid already exists, other (unique) gid is chosen (i.e.
<option>-g</option> is turned off).
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-f</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This option causes to just exit with success status if the
specified group already exists. With <option>-g</option>, if
specified gid already exists, other (unique) gid is chosen (i.e.
<option>-g</option> is turned off).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>gid</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
value greater than 999 and greater than every other group.
Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system
accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
value greater than 999 and greater than every other group.
Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system
accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-K <replaceable>KEY</replaceable>=<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable></option>
</term>
<listitem>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-K <replaceable>KEY</replaceable>=<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable></option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (GID_MIN, GID_MAX and others). Multiple
<option>-K</option> options can be specified, e.g.: <option>-K</option>
<replaceable>GID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>100</replaceable>
<option>-K</option> <replaceable>GID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
<option>-K</option> options can be specified.
</para>
<para>
Note: <option>-K</option> <replaceable>GID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>10</replaceable>,<replaceable>GID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
Example: <option>-K </option><replaceable>GID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>100</replaceable>
<option> -K </option><replaceable>GID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
</para>
<para>
Note: <option>-K </option>
<replaceable>GID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>10</replaceable>,<replaceable>GID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
doesn't work yet.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-o</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Allow add group wit non-unique GID.
<term>
<option>-o</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This option permits to add group with non-unique GID.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>Groupnames must begin with a lower case letter or an underscore, and
only lower case letters, underscores, dashes, and dollar signs may
follow. In regular expression terms: [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]
</para>
<para>Groupnames may only be up to 16 characters long.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>groupadd</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid argument to option</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>gid not unique (when -o not used)</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>group name not unique</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group file</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid argument to option</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>gid not unique (when <option>-o</option> not used)</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>group name not unique</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

32
man/groupdel.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GROUPDEL" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "GROUPDEL" "8" "09/20/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ groupdel \- Delete a group
\fBgroupdel\fR \fIgroup\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBgroupdel\fR
command modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to
The
\fBgroupdel\fR
command modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to
\fIgroup\fR. The named group must exist.
.PP
You must manually check all file systems to insure that no files remain with the named group as the file group ID.
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ group account information
secure group account information
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBgroupdel\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBgroupdel\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ can't remove user's primary group
can't update group file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP

80
man/groupdel.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='groupdel.8'>
<!-- $Id: groupdel.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/07/10 20:00:21 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: groupdel.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/20 15:22:24 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,42 +14,46 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>groupdel</command>
<command>groupdel</command>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para> The <command>groupdel</command> command modifies the system
account files, deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis
remap='I'>group</emphasis>. The named group must exist.
</para>
<para>You must manually check all file systems to insure that no files
remain with the named group as the file group ID.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>You may not remove the primary group of any existing user. You
must remove the user before you remove the group.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
@@ -59,58 +63,66 @@
<para>
The <command>groupdel</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>8</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't remove user's primary group</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>8</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't remove user's primary group</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

118
man/groupmems.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='groupmems.8'>
<!-- $Id: groupmems.8.xml,v 1.7 2005/06/15 12:39:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: groupmems.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>groupmems</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>groupmems</command>
<command>groupmems</command>
<group choice='plain'>
<arg choice='plain'>-a <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-a <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></arg>
</group>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@
systems that configure its users to be in their own name sake primary
group (i.e., guest / guest).
</para>
<para>Only the super user, as administrator, can use
<command>groupmems</command> to alter the memberships of other groups.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -47,104 +47,106 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-a</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>Add a new user to the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-a</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>Add a new user to the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-d</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>Delete a user from the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-d</option> <replaceable>user_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>Delete a user from the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-D</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Delete all users from the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-D</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Delete all users from the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-g</option> <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>The super user can specify which group membership
list to modify.
</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-g</option> <replaceable>group_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>The super user can specify which group membership
list to modify.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-l</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>List the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-l</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>List the group membership list.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='setup'>
<title>SETUP</title>
<para>
The <command>groupmems</command> executable should be in mode
<literal>2770</literal> as user <emphasis remap='B'>root</emphasis>
and in group <emphasis remap='B'>groups</emphasis>. The system
administrator can add users to group groups to allow or disallow them
using the <command>groupmems</command> utility to manage their own
group membership list.
<literal>2770</literal> as user <emphasis>root</emphasis> and in group
<emphasis>groups</emphasis>. The system administrator can add users to
group groups to allow or disallow them using the
<command>groupmems</command> utility to manage their own group
membership list.
</para>
<para> $ groupadd -r groups
<!-- .br -->
$ chmod 2770 groupmems
<!-- .br -->
$ chown root.groups groupmems
<!-- .br -->
$ groupmems -g groups -a gk4
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>George Kraft IV (gk4@us.ibm.com)</para>

46
man/groupmod.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GROUPMOD" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "GROUPMOD" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,24 +14,24 @@ groupmod \- modify a group
\fBgroupmod\fR [\-g\ \fIgid\fR\ [\-o\ ]] [\-n\ \fInew_group_name\fR] \fIgroup\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBgroupmod\fR
The
\fBgroupmod\fR
command modifies the system account files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBgroupmod\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBgroupmod\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-g\fR \fIgid\fR
The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
option is used. The value must be non\-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system groups. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
.TP
\fB\-n\fR \fInew_group_name\fR
The name of the group will be changed from
\fIgroup\fR
to
The name of the group will be changed from
\fIgroup\fR
to
\fInew_group_name\fR.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ group account information
secure group account information
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBgroupmod\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBgroupmod\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -68,15 +68,15 @@ group name already in use
can't update group file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

149
man/groupmod.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='groupmod.8'>
<!-- $Id: groupmod.8.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/30 19:26:08 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: groupmod.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>groupmod</command>
<command>groupmod</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-g <replaceable>gid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>new_group_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -40,113 +40,134 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>gid</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically
reserved for system groups. Any files which the old group ID is
the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>gid</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically
reserved for system groups. Any files which the old group ID is
the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-n</option> <replaceable>new_group_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para> The name of the group will be changed from <emphasis
remap='I'>group</emphasis> to <emphasis
remap='I'>new_group_name</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term><option>-n</option> <replaceable>new_group_name</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the group will be changed from <emphasis
remap='I'>group</emphasis> to <emphasis
remap='I'>new_group_name</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>groupmod</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid argument to option</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid argument to option</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>specified group doesn't exist</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>specified group doesn't exist</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>specified group doesn't exist</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>specified group doesn't exist</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>group name already in use</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>group name already in use</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

34
man/groups.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GROUPS" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "GROUPS" "1" "09/30/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,20 +14,20 @@ groups \- display current group names
\fBgroups\fR [\fIuser\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBgroups\fR
displays the current group names or ID values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
\fI/etc/group\fR, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional
\fIuser\fR
parameter will display the groups for the named
\fBgroups\fR
displays the current group names or ID values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
\fI/etc/group\fR, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional
\fIuser\fR
parameter will display the groups for the named
\fIuser\fR.
.SH "NOTE"
.PP
Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the information from
\fI/etc/group\fR
reported. The user must use
\fBnewgrp\fR
or
\fBsg\fR
Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the information from
\fI/etc/group\fR
reported. The user must use
\fBnewgrp\fR
or
\fBsg\fR
to change their current real and effective group ID.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ to change their current real and effective group ID.
group account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBnewgrp\fR(1),
\fBgetgid\fR(2),
\fBgetgroups\fR(2),
\fBgetuid\fR(2)
\fBnewgrp\fR(1),
\fBgetgid\fR(2),
\fBgetgroups\fR(2),
\fBgetuid\fR(2).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

41
man/groups.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='groups.1'>
<!-- $Id: groups.1.xml,v 1.9 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: groups.1.xml,v 1.13 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>groups</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -15,16 +15,17 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>groups</command>
<command>groups</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>user</replaceable>
<replaceable>user</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>groups</command> displays the current group names or ID
<para>
<command>groups</command> displays the current group names or ID
values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, the value will be displayed as the
numerical group value. The optional <emphasis
@@ -32,43 +33,47 @@
named <emphasis remap='I'>user</emphasis>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='note'>
<title>NOTE</title>
<para>Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the
<para>
Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the
information from <filename>/etc/group</filename> reported. The user
must use <command>newgrp</command> or <command>sg</command> to change
their current real and effective group ID.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

82
man/grpck.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GRPCK" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "GRPCK" "8" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ grpck \- verify integrity of group files
\fBgrpck\fR [\-r] [\fIgroup\fR\ \fIshadow\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBgrpck\fR
verifies the integrity of the system authentication information. All entries in the
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
\fBgrpck\fR
verifies the integrity of the system authentication information. All entries in the
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
are checked to see that the entry has the proper format and valid data in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.
.PP
Checks are made to verify that each entry has:
@@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ a unique group name
\(bu
a valid list of members and administrators
.PP
The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated group name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All other errors are warnings and the user is encouraged to run the
\fBgroupmod\fR
The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated group name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All other errors are warnings and the user is encouraged to run the
\fBgroupmod\fR
command to correct the error.
.PP
The commands which operate on the
\fI/etc/group\fR
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
\fBgrpck\fR
The commands which operate on the
\fI/etc/group\fR
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
\fBgrpck\fR
should be used in those circumstances to remove the offending entry.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
By default,
\fBgrpck\fR
operates on the files
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR. The user may select alternate files with the
\fIgroup\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
parameters. Additionally, the user may execute the command in read\-only mode by specifying the
\fB\-r\fR
flag. This causes all questions regarding changes to be answered
\fIno\fR
without user intervention.
\fBgrpck\fR
can also sort entries in
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
by GID. To run it in sort mode pass it
\fB\-s\fR
By default,
\fBgrpck\fR
operates on the files
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR. The user may select alternate files with the
\fIgroup\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
parameters. Additionally, the user may execute the command in read\-only mode by specifying the
\fB\-r\fR
flag. This causes all questions regarding changes to be answered
\fIno\fR
without user intervention.
\fBgrpck\fR
can also sort entries in
\fI/etc/group\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
by GID. To run it in sort mode pass it
\fB\-s\fR
flag. No checks are performed then, it just sorts.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -77,15 +77,15 @@ secure group account information
user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8)
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8).
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBgrpck\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBgrpck\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success

131
man/grpck.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='grpck.8'>
<!-- $Id: grpck.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/06/20 08:57:34 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: grpck.8.xml,v 1.14 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>grpck</command> <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>shadow</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>shadow</replaceable></arg>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
@@ -32,22 +32,23 @@
in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are
improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.
</para>
<para>Checks are made to verify that each entry has:</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>the correct number of fields</para>
<para>the correct number of fields</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a unique group name</para>
<para>a unique group name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a valid list of members and administrators</para>
<para>a valid list of members and administrators</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are
</itemizedlist>
<para>
The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are
fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be
prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer
affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a
@@ -56,14 +57,15 @@
is encouraged to run the <command>groupmod</command> command to
correct the error.
</para>
<para>The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/group</filename>
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
<para>
The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/group</filename> file
are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
<command>grpck</command> should be used in those circumstances to
remove the offending entry.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -73,83 +75,102 @@
remap='I'>group</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>
parameters. Additionally, the user may execute the command in
read-only mode by specifying the <option>-r</option> flag. This causes
all questions regarding changes to be answered <emphasis
remap='B'>no</emphasis> without user intervention.
<command>grpck</command> can also sort entries in
<filename>/etc/group</filename> and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>
by GID. To run it in sort mode pass it <option>-s</option> flag. No
checks are performed then, it just sorts.
all questions regarding changes to be answered <emphasis>no</emphasis>
without user intervention. <command>grpck</command> can also sort
entries in <filename>/etc/group</filename> and
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> by GID. To run it in sort mode pass
it <option>-s</option> flag. No checks are performed then, it just
sorts.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>grpck</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>one or more bad group entries</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>one or more bad group entries</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't open group files</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't open group files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't lock group files</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't lock group files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group files</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

22
man/gshadow.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "GSHADOW" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "GSHADOW" "5" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
gshadow \- shadowed group file
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
contains the shadowed information for group accounts. It contains lines with the following colon\-separated fields:
.TP 3
\(bu
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ comma\-separated list of group administrators
\(bu
comma\-separated list of group members
.PP
The group name and password fields must be filled. The encrypted password consists of 13 characters from the 64\-character alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \\. and /. Refer to
\fBcrypt\fR(3)
for details on how this string is interpreted. If the password field contains some string that is not valid result of
\fBcrypt\fR(3), for instance ! or *, the user will not be able to use a unix password to log in, subject to
The group name and password fields must be filled. The encrypted password consists of characters from the 64\-character alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \\. and /. Refer to
\fBcrypt\fR(3)
for details on how this string is interpreted. If the password field contains some string that is not valid result of
\fBcrypt\fR(3), for instance ! or *, the user will not be able to use a unix password to log in, subject to
\fBpam\fR(7).
.PP
This information supersedes any password present in
This information supersedes any password present in
\fI/etc/group\fR.
.PP
This file must not be readable by regular users if password security is to be maintained.
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ group account information
secure group account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBgpasswd\fR(5),
\fBnewgrp\fR(5)
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBgpasswd\fR(5),
\fBnewgrp\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Nicolas FRANCOIS

75
man/gshadow.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='gshadow.5'>
<!-- $Id: gshadow.5.xml,v 1.10 2005/06/16 17:35:43 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: gshadow.5.xml,v 1.15 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,31 +11,33 @@
<refname>gshadow</refname>
<refpurpose>shadowed group file</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> contains the shadowed
information for group accounts. It contains lines with the following
<para>
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> contains the shadowed information
for group accounts. It contains lines with the following
colon-separated fields:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>group name</para>
</listitem>
<para>group name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>encrypted password</para>
</listitem>
<para>encrypted password</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>comma-separated list of group administrators</para>
</listitem>
<para>comma-separated list of group administrators</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>comma-separated list of group members</para>
</listitem>
<para>comma-separated list of group members</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>The group name and password fields must be filled. The encrypted
password consists of 13 characters from the 64-character alphabet a
thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Refer to <citerefentry>
<para>
The group name and password fields must be filled. The encrypted
password consists of characters from the 64-character alphabet a thru
z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Refer to <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry> for details on how this string is interpreted. If the
password field contains some string that is not valid result of
@@ -44,44 +46,51 @@
a unix password to log in, subject to <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
</para>
<para>This information supersedes any password present in
<para>
This information supersedes any password present in
<filename>/etc/group</filename>.
</para>
<para>This file must not be readable by regular users if password
security is to be maintained.
<para>
This file must not be readable by regular users if password security
is to be maintained.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Nicolas FRANCOIS</para>

13
man/hu/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/hu
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -77,6 +78,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -88,6 +91,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -127,6 +131,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -194,9 +201,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/hu/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/hu/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/hu/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/hu/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

20
man/id.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "ID" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "ID" "1" "09/30/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ id \- Display current user and group ID names
\fBid\fR [\-a]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBid\fR
displays the current real and effective user and group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
or
\fI/etc/group\fR, the value will be displayed without the corresponding name. The optional
\fB\-a\fR
\fBid\fR
displays the current real and effective user and group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
or
\fI/etc/group\fR, the value will be displayed without the corresponding name. The optional
\fB\-a\fR
flag will display the group set on systems which support multiple concurrent group membership.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ group account information
user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgetgid\fR(2),
\fBgetgroups\fR(2),
\fBgetgid\fR(2),
\fBgetgroups\fR(2),
\fBgetuid\fR(2)
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP

38
man/id.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='id.1'>
<!-- $Id: id.1.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: id.1.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -18,47 +18,53 @@
<command>id</command> <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>id</command> displays the current real and effective user
and group ID names or values. If the value does not have a
corresponding entry in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or
<para>
<command>id</command> displays the current real and effective user and
group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding
entry in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, the value will be displayed without
the corresponding name. The optional <option>-a</option> flag will
display the group set on systems which support multiple concurrent
group membership.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>getuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

13
man/id/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/id
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -78,6 +79,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -89,6 +92,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -128,6 +132,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -190,9 +197,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/id/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/id/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/id/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/id/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

6
man/id/chsh.1
View File

@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
.\" there is no warranty.
.\"
.\" $Author: kloczek $
.\" $Revision: 1.3 $
.\" $Date: 2005/04/05 19:08:54 $
.\" $Revision: 1.4 $
.\" $Date: 2005/08/29 13:59:29 $
.\"
.TH CHSH 1 "October 13 1994" "chsh" "Linux Reference Manual"
.SH NAMA PERINTAH/PROGRAM
.SH NAMA
chsh \- merubah shell login
.SH RINGKASAN
.B chsh

13
man/it/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/it
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -81,6 +82,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -92,6 +95,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -131,6 +135,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -225,9 +232,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/it/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/it/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/it/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/it/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

13
man/ja/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/ja
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -232,9 +239,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ja/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ja/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ja/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ja/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

13
man/ko/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/ko
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -78,6 +79,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -89,6 +92,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -128,6 +132,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -193,9 +200,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ko/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ko/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ko/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ko/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

50
man/lastlog.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LASTLOG" "8" "08/10/2005" "" ""
.TH "LASTLOG" "8" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,45 +14,47 @@ lastlog \- examine lastlog file
\fBlastlog\fR [\fIoptions\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBlastlog\fR
formats and prints the contents of the last login log
\fI/var/log/lastlog\fR
file. The
\fI login\-name\fR,
\fIport\fR, and
\fIlast login time\fR
will be printed. The default (no flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by their order in
\fBlastlog\fR
formats and prints the contents of the last login log
\fI/var/log/lastlog\fR
file. The
\fIlogin\-name\fR,
\fIport\fR, and
\fIlast login time\fR
will be printed. The default (no flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by their order in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBlastlog\fR
command are:
.TP
The options which apply to the \fBlastlog\fR command are:
\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-before\fR \fIDAYS\fR
Print only lastlog records older than
\fIDAYS\fR.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
Print help message and exit.
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-time\fR \fIDAYS\fR
Print the lastlog records more recent than
Print the lastlog records more recent than
\fIDAYS\fR.
.TP
\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-user\fR \fILOGIN\fR
Print the lastlog record for user with specified
\fILOGIN\fR
Print the lastlog record for user with specified
\fILOGIN\fR
only.
.TP
The \fB\-t\fR flag overrides the use of \fB\-u\fR.
.PP
If the user has never logged in the message
\fI **Never logged in**\fR
If the user has never logged in the message
\fI** Never logged in**\fR
will be displayed instead of the port and time.
.SH "NOTE"
.PP
The
\fBlastlog\fR
file is a database which contains info on the last login of each user. You should not rotate it. It is a sparse file, so its size on the disk is much smaller than the one shown by
\fBls \-l\fR
(which can indicate a really big file if you have a high UID). You can display its real size with
\fBls \-s\fR.
The
\fIlastlog\fR
file is a database which contains info on the last login of each user. You should not rotate it. It is a sparse file, so its size on the disk is much smaller than the one shown by "\fBls \-l\fR" (which can indicate a really big file if you have a high UID). You can display its real size with "\fBls \-s\fR".
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/var/log/lastlog\fR

127
man/lastlog.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='lastlog.8'>
<!-- $Id: lastlog.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/08/10 07:41:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: lastlog.8.xml,v 1.18 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>lastlog</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,93 +14,99 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>lastlog</command>
<command>lastlog</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>lastlog</command> formats and prints the contents of the last
login log <filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename> file. The <emphasis
remap='B'> login-name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>port</emphasis>,
and <emphasis remap='B'>last login time</emphasis> will be printed.
The default (no flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by
their order in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
<para>
<command>lastlog</command> formats and prints the contents of the last
login log <filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename> file. The
<emphasis>login-name</emphasis>, <emphasis>port</emphasis>, and
<emphasis>last login time</emphasis> will be printed. The default (no
flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by their order in
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<variablelist remap='TP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
The options which apply to the <command>lastlog</command>
command are:
</term>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
The options which apply to the <command>lastlog</command> command are:
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Print help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-b</option>, <option>--before</option> <replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Print only lastlog records older than <emphasis remap='I'>DAYS</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option>
<term>
<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option>
<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Print the lastlog records more recent than
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Print the lastlog records more recent than
<emphasis remap='I'>DAYS</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option>
<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Print the lastlog record for user with specified
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Print the lastlog record for user with specified
<emphasis remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis> only.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<variablelist remap='TP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
The <option>-t</option> flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>.
</term>
<listitem>
<para></para>
</listitem>
<term>
The <option>-t</option> flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>.
</term>
<listitem>
<para></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>If the user has never logged in the message <emphasis remap='B'>
**Never logged in**</emphasis> will be displayed instead of the port and
time.
<para>
If the user has never logged in the message <emphasis>** Never logged
in**</emphasis> will be displayed instead of the port and time.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='note'>
<title>NOTE</title>
<para>
The <command>lastlog</command> file is a database which contains info
The <filename>lastlog</filename> file is a database which contains info
on the last login of each user. You should not rotate it. It is a sparse
file, so its size on the disk is much smaller than the one shown by
<command>ls -l</command> (which can indicate a really big file if
"<command>ls -l</command>" (which can indicate a really big file if
you have a high UID). You can display its real size with
<command>ls -s</command>.
"<command>ls -s</command>".
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -108,20 +114,23 @@
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename></term>
<listitem>lastlog logging file</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>lastlog logging file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>Large gaps in uid numbers will cause the lastlog program to run
<para>
Large gaps in uid numbers will cause the lastlog program to run
longer with no output to the screen (i.e. if mmdf=800 and last
uid=170, program will appear to hang as it processes uid 171-799).
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='authors'>
<title>AUTHORS</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

112
man/limits.5
View File

@@ -1,75 +1,65 @@
.\"$Id: limits.5,v 1.9 2005/04/05 18:47:50 kloczek Exp $
.TH LIMITS 5
.SH NAME
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LIMITS" "5" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
.ad l
.SH "NAME"
limits \- Resource limits definition
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fIlimits\fR file (/etc/limits by default or LIMITS_FILE defined
config.h) describes the resource limits you wish to impose. It should be
owned by root and readable by root account only.
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
By default no quotas are imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no way to impose
limits via this procedure to root\-equiv accounts (accounts with UID 0).
The
\fIlimits\fR
file (/etc/limits by default or LIMITS_FILE defined config.h) describes the resource limits you wish to impose. It should be owned by root and readable by root account only.
.PP
By default no quota is imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no way to impose limits via this procedure to root\-equiv accounts (accounts with UID 0).
.PP
Each line describes a limit for a user in the form:
.sp
.I user LIMITS_STRING
.PP
The \fBLIMITS_STRING\fP is a string of a concatenated list of resource limits.
Each limit consists of a letter identifier followed by a numerical limit.
\fIuser LIMITS_STRING\fR
.PP
The
\fILIMITS_STRING\fR
is a string of a concatenated list of resource limits. Each limit consists of a letter identifier followed by a numerical limit.
.PP
The valid identifiers are:
.sp
A: max address space (KB)
.br
C: max core file size (KB)
.br
D: max data size (KB)
.br
F: maximum filesize (KB)
.br
M: max locked\-in\-memory address space (KB)
.br
N: max number of open files
.br
R: max resident set size (KB)
.br
S: max stack size (KB)
.br
T: max CPU time (MIN)
.br
U: max number of processes
.br
K: file creation mask, set by \fBumask\fR(2).
.br
L: max number of logins for this user
.br
P: process priority, set by \fBsetpriority\fR(2).
.PP
For example, \fIL2D2048N5\fP is a valid \fBLIMITS_STRING\fP. For reading convenience,
the following entries are equivalent:
.sp
username L2D2048N5
.br
username L2 D2048 N5
A: max address space (KB) C: max core file size (KB) D: max data size (KB) F: maximum filesize (KB) M: max locked\-in\-memory address space (KB) N: max number of open files R: max resident set size (KB) S: max stack size (KB) T: max CPU time (MIN) U: max number of processes K: file creation mask, set by
\fBumask\fR(2)
. L: max number of logins for this user P: process priority, set by
\fBsetpriority\fR(2).
.PP
Be aware that after \fIusername\fP the rest of the line is considered a
limit string, thus comments are not allowed. A invalid limits string will be
rejected (not considered) by the login program.
For example,
\fIL2D2048N5\fR
is a valid
\fILIMITS_STRING \fR. For reading convenience, the following entries are equivalent:
.PP
The default entry is denoted by username "\fB*\fP". If you have multiple
\fIdefault\fP entries in your \fBLIMITS_FILE\fP, then the last one will be
used as the default entry.
username L2D2048N5username L2 D2048 N5
.PP
To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash "\fB\-\fP" will do.
Be aware that after
\fIusername\fR
the rest of the line is considered a limit string, thus comments are not allowed. A invalid limits string will be rejected (not considered) by the login program.
.PP
Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They are not
global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will come, but for
now this will have to do ;)
.SH FILES
The default entry is denoted by username "\fI*\fR". If you have multiple
\fIdefault\fR
entries in your
\fILIMITS_FILE\fR, then the last one will be used as the default entry.
.PP
To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash "\fI\-\fR
"will do.
.PP
Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They are not global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will come, but for now this will have to do ;)
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/limits\fR
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR login (1),
.BR setpriority (2),
.BR setrlimit (2)
.SH AUTHOR
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsetpriority\fR(2),
\fBsetrlimit\fR(2).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Cristian Gafton (gafton@sorosis.ro)

127
man/limits.5.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='limits5'>
<!-- $Id: limits.5.xml,v 1.6 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='limits.5'>
<!-- $Id: limits.5.xml,v 1.13 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>LIMITS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -12,130 +12,119 @@
<refpurpose>Resource limits definition</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
The <emphasis remap='I'>limits</emphasis> file (/etc/limits by
default or LIMITS_FILE defined
config.h) describes the resource limits you wish to impose. It
should be
owned by root and readable by root account only.
The <emphasis remap='I'>limits</emphasis> file (/etc/limits by default
or LIMITS_FILE defined config.h) describes the resource limits you
wish to impose. It should be owned by root and readable by root
account only.
</para>
<para>By default no quotas are imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no
way to impose
limits via this procedure to root-equiv accounts (accounts with UID
0).
<para>
By default no quota is imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no way to
impose limits via this procedure to root-equiv accounts (accounts with
UID 0).
</para>
<para>Each line describes a limit for a user in the form:</para>
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>user LIMITS_STRING</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
The <emphasis remap='B'>LIMITS_STRING</emphasis> is a string of a
The <emphasis>LIMITS_STRING</emphasis> is a string of a
concatenated list of resource limits.
Each limit consists of a letter identifier followed by a numerical
limit.
</para>
<para>The valid identifiers are:</para>
<para>A: max address space (KB)
<!-- .br -->
C: max core file size (KB)
<!-- .br -->
D: max data size (KB)
<!-- .br -->
F: maximum filesize (KB)
<!-- .br -->
M: max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
<!-- .br -->
N: max number of open files
<!-- .br -->
R: max resident set size (KB)
<!-- .br -->
S: max stack size (KB)
<!-- .br -->
T: max CPU time (MIN)
<!-- .br -->
U: max number of processes
<!-- .br -->
K: file creation mask, set by
K: file creation mask, set by
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
.
<!-- .br -->
L: max number of logins for this user
<!-- .br -->
P: process priority, set by
P: process priority, set by
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
.
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
<para> For example, <emphasis remap='I'>L2D2048N5</emphasis> is a valid
<emphasis remap='B'>LIMITS_STRING </emphasis>. For reading
convenience, the following entries are equivalent:
<para>
For example, <emphasis remap='I'>L2D2048N5</emphasis> is a valid
<emphasis>LIMITS_STRING </emphasis>. For reading convenience, the
following entries are equivalent:
</para>
<para>username L2D2048N5
<!-- .br -->
username L2 D2048 N5
</para>
<para> Be aware that after <emphasis remap='I'>username</emphasis> the
rest of the line is considered a limit string, thus comments are not
<para>
Be aware that after <emphasis remap='I'>username</emphasis> the rest
of the line is considered a limit string, thus comments are not
allowed. A invalid limits string will be rejected (not considered) by
the login program.
</para>
<para> The default entry is denoted by username "<emphasis
remap='B'>*</emphasis>". If you have multiple <emphasis
remap='I'>default</emphasis> entries in your <emphasis
remap='B'>LIMITS_FILE</emphasis>, then the last one will be used as
the default entry.
<para>
The default entry is denoted by username "<emphasis>*</emphasis>". If
you have multiple <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis> entries in
your <emphasis>LIMITS_FILE</emphasis>, then the last one will be used
as the default entry.
</para>
<para>To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash "<emphasis
remap='B'>-</emphasis> "will do.
</para>
<para>Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They
are not global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will
come, but for now this will have to do ;)
<para>
To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash
"<emphasis>-</emphasis> "will do. </para>
<para>
Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They are
not global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will come,
but for now this will have to do ;)
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/limits</filename></term>
<listitem></listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/limits</filename></term>
<listitem><para></para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Cristian Gafton (gafton@sorosis.ro)</para>

118
man/login.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LOGIN" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "LOGIN" "1" "10/01/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -18,62 +18,61 @@ login \- begin session on the system
\fBlogin\fR [\-p] \-r\ \fIhost\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR
is used to establish a new session with the system. It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the
\fIlogin:\fR
prompt on the user\(aas terminal.
\fBlogin\fR
may be special to the shell and may not be invoked as a sub\-process. Typically,
\fBlogin\fR
is treated by the shell as
\fIexec login\fR
which causes the user to exit from the current shell. Attempting to execute
\fBlogin\fR
\fBlogin\fR
is used to establish a new session with the system. It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the
\fIlogin:\fR
prompt on the user\(aas terminal.
\fBlogin\fR
may be special to the shell and may not be invoked as a sub\-process. Typically,
\fBlogin\fR
is treated by the shell as
\fIexec login\fR
which causes the user to exit from the current shell. Attempting to execute
\fBlogin\fR
from any shell but the login shell will produce an error message.
.PP
The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small number of password failures are permitted before
\fBlogin\fR
The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small number of password failures are permitted before
\fBlogin\fR
exits and the communications link is severed.
.PP
If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. You will be forced to provide your old password and the new password before continuing. Please refer to
\fBpasswd\fR(1)
If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. You will be forced to provide your old password and the new password before continuing. Please refer to
\fBpasswd\fR(1)
for more information.
.PP
After a successful login, you will be informed of any system messages and the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of the system message file,
\fI/etc/motd\fR, by creating a zero\-length file
.hushlogin
in your login directory. The mail message will be one of "\fIYou have new mail.\fR
", "\fIYou have mail.\fR", or "\fINo Mail.\fR
After a successful login, you will be informed of any system messages and the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of the system message file,
\fI/etc/motd\fR, by creating a zero\-length file
.hushlogin
in your login directory. The mail message will be one of "\fIYou have new mail.\fR", "\fIYou have mail.\fR", or "\fINo Mail.\fR
"according to the condition of your mailbox.
.PP
Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file. The value for
\fI$HOME\fR,
\fI$SHELL\fR,
\fI$PATH\fR,
\fI$LOGNAME\fR, and
\fI$MAIL\fR
Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file. The value for
\fI$HOME\fR,
\fI$SHELL\fR,
\fI$PATH\fR,
\fI$LOGNAME\fR, and
\fI$MAIL\fR
are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. Ulimit, umask and nice values may also be set according to entries in the GECOS field.
.PP
On some installations, the environmental variable
\fI$TERM\fR
will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty line, as specified in
On some installations, the environmental variable
\fI$TERM\fR
will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty line, as specified in
\fI/etc/ttytype\fR.
.PP
An initialization script for your command interpreter may also be executed. Please see the appropriate manual section for more information on this function.
.PP
A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new file system which the user is actually logged into.
.PP
The
\fBlogin\fR
program is NOT responsible for removing users from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of
getty(8)
and
init(8)
to clean up apparent ownership of a terminal session. If you use
\fBlogin\fR
from the shell prompt without
The
\fBlogin\fR
program is NOT responsible for removing users from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of
\fBgetty\fR(8)
and
\fBinit\fR(8)
to clean up apparent ownership of a terminal session. If you use
\fBlogin\fR
from the shell prompt without
\fBexec\fR, the user you use will continue to appear to be logged in even after you log out of the "subsession".
.SH "OPTIONS"
.TP
@@ -89,18 +88,18 @@ Preserve environment.
\fB\-r\fR
Perform autologin protocol for rlogin.
.PP
The
\fB\-r\fR,
\fB\-h\fR
and
\fB\-f\fR
options are only used when
\fBlogin\fR
The
\fB\-r\fR,
\fB\-h\fR
and
\fB\-f\fR
options are only used when
\fBlogin\fR
is invoked by root.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
This version of
\fBlogin\fR
This version of
\fBlogin\fR
has many compilation options, only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
.PP
The location of files is subject to differences in system configuration.
@@ -131,14 +130,15 @@ list of terminal types
suppress printing of system messages
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBmail\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBnologin\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBgetty\fR(8)
\fBmail\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBnologin\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBsecuretty\fR(5),
\fBgetty\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

247
man/login.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='login.1'>
<!-- $Id: login.1.xml,v 1.10 2005/07/10 20:10:09 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: login.1.xml,v 1.17 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>LOGIN</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -33,10 +33,11 @@
<arg choice='plain'>-r <replaceable>host</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>login</command> is used to establish a new session with the
<para>
<command>login</command> is used to establish a new session with the
system. It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the
<emphasis remap='I'>login:</emphasis> prompt on the user&acute;s
terminal. <command>login</command> may be special to the shell and may
@@ -46,192 +47,220 @@
execute <command>login</command> from any shell but the login shell
will produce an error message.
</para>
<para>The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate.
Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small
number of password failures are permitted before
<command>login</command> exits and the communications link is severed.
<para>
The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing
is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small number of
password failures are permitted before <command>login</command> exits
and the communications link is severed.
</para>
<para>If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be
<para>
If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be
prompted for a new password before proceeding. You will be forced to
provide your old password and the new password before continuing.
Please refer to <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry> for more information.
</para>
<para>After a successful login, you will be informed of any system
messages and the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of
the system message file, <filename>/etc/motd</filename>, by creating a
<para>
After a successful login, you will be informed of any system messages
and the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of the system
message file, <filename>/etc/motd</filename>, by creating a
zero-length file <markup>.hushlogin</markup> in your login directory.
The mail message will be one of "<emphasis remap='B'>You have new
mail.</emphasis> ", "<emphasis remap='B'>You have mail.</emphasis>",
or "<emphasis remap='B'>No Mail.</emphasis> "according to the
condition of your mailbox.
</para>
<para>Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in
the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file. The value for <emphasis
remap='B'>$HOME</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>$SHELL</emphasis>,
<emphasis remap='B'>$PATH</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>$LOGNAME</emphasis>,
and <emphasis remap='B'>$MAIL</emphasis> are set according to the
appropriate fields in the password entry. Ulimit, umask and nice
values may also be set according to entries in the GECOS field.
</para>
<para>On some installations, the environmental variable <emphasis
remap='B'>$TERM</emphasis> will be initialized to the terminal type on
your tty line, as specified in <filename>/etc/ttytype</filename>.
</para>
<para>An initialization script for your command interpreter may also be
executed. Please see the appropriate manual section for more
information on
this function.
</para>
<para>A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the
first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be
used as the root of a new file system which the user is actually
logged into.
The mail message will be one of "<emphasis>You have new
mail.</emphasis>", "<emphasis>You have mail.</emphasis>", or
"<emphasis>No Mail.</emphasis> "according to the condition of your
mailbox.
</para>
<para>The <command>login</command> program is NOT responsible for
removing users from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of
<refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> and
<refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> to clean
up apparent ownership of a terminal session. If you use
<command>login</command> from the shell prompt without
<command>exec</command>, the user you use will continue to appear to
be logged in even after you log out of the "subsession".
<para>
Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in the
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file. The value for
<emphasis>$HOME</emphasis>, <emphasis>$SHELL</emphasis>,
<emphasis>$PATH</emphasis>, <emphasis>$LOGNAME</emphasis>, and
<emphasis>$MAIL</emphasis> are set according to the appropriate fields
in the password entry. Ulimit, umask and nice values may also be set
according to entries in the GECOS field.
</para>
<para>
On some installations, the environmental variable
<emphasis>$TERM</emphasis> will be initialized to the terminal type on
your tty line, as specified in <filename>/etc/ttytype</filename>.
</para>
<para>
An initialization script for your command interpreter may also be
executed. Please see the appropriate manual section for more
information on this function.
</para>
<para>
A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the first
character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as
the root of a new file system which the user is actually logged into.
</para>
<para>
The <command>login</command> program is NOT responsible for removing
users from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to clean up apparent ownership
of a terminal session. If you use <command>login</command> from the
shell prompt without <command>exec</command>, the user you use will
continue to appear to be logged in even after you log out of the
"subsession".
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Do not perform authentication, user is preauthenticated.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-f</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Do not perform authentication, user is preauthenticated.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-h</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Name of the remote host for this login.</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-h</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Name of the remote host for this login.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-p</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Preserve environment.</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-p</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Preserve environment.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Perform autologin protocol for rlogin.</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Perform autologin protocol for rlogin.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>The <option>-r</option>, <option>-h</option> and
<option>-f</option> options are only used when
<command>login</command> is invoked by root.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>
This version of <command>login</command> has many compilation options,
only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
</para>
<para>The location of files is subject to differences in system
configuration.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/run/utmp</filename></term>
<listitem>list of current login sessions</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/run/utmp</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>list of current login sessions</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/log/wtmp</filename></term>
<listitem>list of previous login sessions</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/log/wtmp</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>list of previous login sessions</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/motd</filename></term>
<listitem>system message of the day file</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/motd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>system message of the day file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/nologin</filename></term>
<listitem>prevent non-root users from logging in</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/nologin</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>prevent non-root users from logging in</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/ttytype</filename></term>
<listitem>list of terminal types</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/ttytype</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>list of terminal types</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>$HOME/.hushlogin</filename></term>
<listitem>suppress printing of system messages</listitem>
<term><filename>$HOME/.hushlogin</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>suppress printing of system messages</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>nologin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>nologin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>securetty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

38
man/login.access.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LOGIN.ACCESS" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "LOGIN.ACCESS" "5" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,38 +11,38 @@
login.access \- Login access control table
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fIlogin.access\fR
The
\fIlogin.access\fR
file specifies (user, host) combinations and/or (user, tty) combinations for which a login will be either accepted or refused.
.PP
When someone logs in, the
\fIlogin.access\fR
When someone logs in, the
\fIlogin.access\fR
is scanned for the first entry that matches the (user, host) combination, or, in case of non\-networked logins, the first entry that matches the (user, tty) combination. The permissions field of that table entry determines whether the login will be accepted or refused.
.PP
Each line of the login access control table has three fields separated by a ":" character:
.PP
\fIpermission\fR:\fIusers\fR:\fI origins \fR
\fIpermission\fR:\fIusers\fR:\fI origins \fR
.PP
The first field should be a "\fI+\fR" (access granted) or "\fI\-\fR" (access denied) character. The second field should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or
\fIALL\fR
(always matches). The third field should be a list of one or more tty names (for non\-networked logins), host names, domain names (begin with "."), host addresses, internet network numbers (end with "."),
\fIALL\fR
(always matches) or
\fI LOCAL \fR
The first field should be a "\fI+\fR" (access granted) or "\fI\-\fR" (access denied) character. The second field should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or
\fIALL\fR
(always matches). The third field should be a list of one or more tty names (for non\-networked logins), host names, domain names (begin with "."), host addresses, internet network numbers (end with "."),
\fIALL\fR
(always matches) or
\fILOCAL\fR
(matches any string that does not contain a "." character). If you run NIS you can use @netgroupname in host or user patterns.
.PP
The
\fIEXCEPT\fR
The
\fIEXCEPT\fR
operator makes it possible to write very compact rules.
.PP
The group file is searched only when a name does not match that of the logged\-in user. Only groups are matched in which users are explicitly listed: the program does not look at a user's primary group id value.
.SH "FILES"
.PP
\fI/etc/loginn.defs\fR
\- shadow password suite configuration
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1)
\fBlogin\fR(1).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Guido van Rooij

112
man/login.access.5.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='loginaccess5'>
<!-- $Id: login.access.5.xml,v 1.5 2005/06/14 20:18:17 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='login.access.5'>
<!-- $Id: login.access.5.xml,v 1.13 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- this is comment -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>LOGIN.ACCESS</refentrytitle>
@@ -13,89 +13,81 @@
<refpurpose>Login access control table</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
The <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis> file specifies
(user, host) combinations and/or
(user, tty) combinations for which a login will be either accepted
or
refused.
The <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis> file specifies (user,
host) combinations and/or (user, tty) combinations for which a login
will be either accepted or refused.
</para>
<para>
When someone logs in, the <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis> is
scanned for the first entry
that matches the (user, host) combination, or, in case of
non-networked
logins, the first entry that matches the (user, tty) combination.
The
permissions field of that table entry determines whether the login
will be
accepted or refused.
When someone logs in, the <emphasis remap='I'>login.access</emphasis>
is scanned for the first entry that matches the (user, host)
combination, or, in case of non-networked logins, the first entry that
matches the (user, tty) combination. The permissions field of that
table entry determines whether the login will be accepted or refused.
</para>
<para>Each line of the login access control table has three fields
separated by a
":" character:
<para>
Each line of the login access control table has three fields separated
by a ":" character:
</para>
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>permission</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>users</emphasis>:<emphasis remap='I'>
origins
origins
</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
The first field should be a "<emphasis remap='B'>+</emphasis>"
(access granted) or "<emphasis remap='B'>-</emphasis>" (access
denied) character. The second field should be a list of one or more
login
names, group names, or <emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis> (always
matches). The third field should be
a list of one or more tty names (for non-networked logins), host
names,
The first field should be a "<emphasis>+</emphasis>" (access granted)
or "<emphasis>-</emphasis>" (access denied) character. The second
field should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or
<emphasis>ALL</emphasis> (always matches). The third field should be a
list of one or more tty names (for non-networked logins), host names,
domain names (begin with "<literal>.</literal>"), host addresses,
internet network
numbers (end with "<literal>.</literal>"), <emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis> (always matches) or <emphasis remap='B'>
LOCAL
</emphasis>
(matches any string that does not contain a "<literal>.</literal>"
character). If you run
NIS you can use @netgroupname in host or user patterns.
internet network numbers (end with "<literal>.</literal>"),
<emphasis>ALL</emphasis> (always matches) or
<emphasis>LOCAL</emphasis> (matches any string that does not contain a
"<literal>.</literal>" character). If you run NIS you can use
@netgroupname in host or user patterns.
</para>
<para>
The <emphasis remap='B'>EXCEPT</emphasis> operator makes it
possible to write very compact rules.
The <emphasis>EXCEPT</emphasis> operator makes it possible to write
very compact rules.
</para>
<para>The group file is searched only when a name does not match that
of the
logged-in user. Only groups are matched in which users are
explicitly
listed: the program does not look at a user's primary group id
value.
<para>
The group file is searched only when a name does not match that of the
logged-in user. Only groups are matched in which users are explicitly
listed: the program does not look at a user's primary group id value.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<para>
<filename>/etc/loginn.defs</filename> - shadow password suite
configuration
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Guido van Rooij</para>

77
man/login.defs.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LOGIN.DEFS" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "LOGIN.DEFS" "5" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
login.defs \- shadow password suite configuration
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
The
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
file defines the site\-specific configuration for the shadow password suite. This file is required. Absence of this file will not prevent system operation, but will probably result in undesirable operation.
.PP
This file is a readable text file, each line of the file describing one configuration parameter. The lines consist of a configuration name and value, separated by whitespace. Blank lines and comment lines are ignored. Comments are introduced with a `#' pound sign and the pound sign must be the first non\-white character of the line.
@@ -22,36 +22,37 @@ Parameter values may be of four types: strings, booleans, numbers, and long numb
The following configuration items are provided:
.TP
CHFN_AUTH (boolean)
If
\fIyes\fR, the
\fBchfn\fR
and
\fBchsh\fR
If
\fIyes\fR, the
\fBchfn\fR
and
\fBchsh\fR
programs will require authentication before making any changes, unless run by the superuser.
.TP
CHFN_RESTRICT (string)
This parameter specifies which values in the
\fIgecos\fR
field of the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file may be changed by regular users using the
\fBchfn\fR
program. It can be any combination of letters
\fIf\fR
,\fIr\fR,
\fIw\fR,
This parameter specifies which values in the
\fIgecos\fR
field of the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file may be changed by regular users using the
\fBchfn\fR
program. It can be any combination of letters
\fIf\fR
,\fIr\fR,
\fIw\fR,
\fIh\fR, for Full name, Room number, Work phone, and Home phone, respectively. For backward compatibility, "yes" is equivalent to "rwh" and "no" is equivalent to "frwh". If not specified, only the superuser can make any changes. The most restrictive setting is better achieved by not installing chfn SUID.
.TP
CREATE_HOME (boolean)
This defines whether useradd should create home directories for users by default. This option is OR'ed with the
\fB\-m\fR
This defines whether useradd should create home directories for users by default. This option is OR'ed with the
\fB\-m\fR
flag on useradd command line.
.TP
GID_MAX (number), GID_MIN (number)
Range of group IDs to choose from for the
\fBuseradd\fR
and
\fBgroupadd\fRprograms.
Range of group IDs to choose from for the
\fBuseradd\fR
and
\fBgroupadd\fR
programs.
.TP
MAIL_DIR (string)
The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its corresponding user account is modified or deleted. If not specified, a compile\-time default is used.
@@ -68,8 +69,8 @@ The number of days warning given before a password expires. A zero means warning
PASS_MAX_DAYS, PASS_MIN_DAYS and PASS_WARN_AGE are only used at the time of account creation. Any changes to these settings won't affect existing accounts.
.TP
UID_MAX (number), UID_MIN (number)
Range of user IDs to choose from for the
\fBuseradd\fR
Range of user IDs to choose from for the
\fBuseradd\fR
program.
.TP
UMASK (number)
@@ -106,20 +107,20 @@ usermod
MAIL_DIR
.SH "BUGS"
.PP
Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow password suite is now handled by PAM. Thus,
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
is no longer used by programs such as:
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow password suite is now handled by PAM. Thus,
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
is no longer used by programs such as:
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1). Please refer to the corresponding PAM configuration files instead.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBpam\fR(8)
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBpam\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHORS"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com) Chip Rosenthal (chip@unicom.com)

370
man/login.defs.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='login.defs.5'>
<!-- $Id: login.defs.5.xml,v 1.8 2005/06/15 12:39:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: login.defs.5.xml,v 1.13 2005/10/01 13:30:10 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,26 +11,28 @@
<refname>login.defs</refname>
<refpurpose>shadow password suite configuration</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>The <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> file defines the
<para>
The <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> file defines the
site-specific configuration for the shadow password suite. This file
is required. Absence of this file will not prevent system operation,
but will probably result in undesirable operation.
</para>
<para>This file is a readable text file, each line of the file
describing one configuration parameter. The lines consist of a
configuration name and value, separated by whitespace. Blank lines and
comment lines are ignored. Comments are introduced with a `#' pound
sign and the pound sign must be the first non-white character of the
line.
<para>
This file is a readable text file, each line of the file describing
one configuration parameter. The lines consist of a configuration name
and value, separated by whitespace. Blank lines and comment lines are
ignored. Comments are introduced with a `#' pound sign and the pound
sign must be the first non-white character of the line.
</para>
<para>Parameter values may be of four types: strings, booleans,
numbers, and long numbers. A string is comprised of any printable
characters. A boolean should be either the value &ldquo;yes&rdquo; or
<para>
Parameter values may be of four types: strings, booleans, numbers, and
long numbers. A string is comprised of any printable characters. A
boolean should be either the value &ldquo;yes&rdquo; or
&ldquo;no&rdquo;. An undefined boolean parameter or one with a value
other than these will be given a &ldquo;no&rdquo; value. Numbers (both
regular and long) may be either decimal values, octal values (precede
@@ -38,244 +40,254 @@
value with &ldquo;0x&rdquo;). The maximum value of the regular and
long numeric parameters is machine-dependent.
</para>
<para>The following configuration items are provided:</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>CHFN_AUTH (boolean)</term>
<listitem>
<para> If <emphasis remap='I'>yes</emphasis>, the
<command>chfn</command> and <command>chsh</command> programs
will require authentication before making any changes, unless
run by the superuser.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>CHFN_AUTH (boolean)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
If <emphasis remap='I'>yes</emphasis>, the
<command>chfn</command> and <command>chsh</command> programs
will require authentication before making any changes, unless
run by the superuser.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>CHFN_RESTRICT (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>This parameter specifies which values in the <emphasis
remap='I'>gecos</emphasis> field of the
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file may be changed by regular
users using the <command>chfn</command> program. It can be any
combination of letters <emphasis remap='I'>f</emphasis>
,<emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>,
<emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis>, for Full name, Room number,
Work phone, and Home phone, respectively. For backward
compatibility, "yes" is equivalent to "rwh" and "no" is
equivalent to "frwh". If not specified, only the superuser can
make any changes. The most restrictive setting is better
achieved by not installing chfn SUID.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>CHFN_RESTRICT (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This parameter specifies which values in the <emphasis
remap='I'>gecos</emphasis> field of the
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file may be changed by regular
users using the <command>chfn</command> program. It can be any
combination of letters <emphasis remap='I'>f</emphasis>
,<emphasis remap='I'>r</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>,
<emphasis remap='I'>h</emphasis>, for Full name, Room number,
Work phone, and Home phone, respectively. For backward
compatibility, "yes" is equivalent to "rwh" and "no" is
equivalent to "frwh". If not specified, only the superuser can
make any changes. The most restrictive setting is better
achieved by not installing chfn SUID.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>CREATE_HOME (boolean)</term>
<listitem>
<para>This defines whether useradd should create home directories
for users by default. This option is OR'ed with the
<option>-m</option> flag on useradd command line.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>CREATE_HOME (boolean)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This defines whether useradd should create home directories for
users by default. This option is OR'ed with the
<option>-m</option> flag on useradd command line.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>GID_MAX (number)</term>
<term>GID_MIN (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Range of group IDs to choose from for the
<command>useradd</command> and
<command>groupadd</command>programs.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>GID_MAX (number)</term>
<term>GID_MIN (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Range of group IDs to choose from for the
<command>useradd</command> and <command>groupadd</command>
programs.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>MAIL_DIR (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the
mailbox when its corresponding user account is modified or
deleted. If not specified, a compile-time default is used.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>MAIL_DIR (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the
mailbox when its corresponding user account is modified or
deleted. If not specified, a compile-time default is used.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>PASS_MAX_DAYS (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>The maximum number of days a password may be used. If the
password is older than this, a password change will be forced.
If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables the
restriction).
</para>
</listitem>
<term>PASS_MAX_DAYS (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The maximum number of days a password may be used. If the
password is older than this, a password change will be forced.
If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables the
restriction).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>PASS_MIN_DAYS (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>The minimum number of days allowed between password changes.
Any password changes attempted sooner than this will be
rejected. If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables
the restriction).
</para>
</listitem>
<term>PASS_MIN_DAYS (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The minimum number of days allowed between password changes.
Any password changes attempted sooner than this will be
rejected. If not specified, -1 will be assumed (which disables
the restriction).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>PASS_WARN_AGE (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>The number of days warning given before a password expires.
A zero means warning is given only upon the day of expiration, a
negative value means no warning is given. If not specified, no
warning will be provided.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>PASS_WARN_AGE (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The number of days warning given before a password expires. A
zero means warning is given only upon the day of expiration, a
negative value means no warning is given. If not specified, no
warning will be provided.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS, PASS_MIN_DAYS and PASS_WARN_AGE are only used at
the time of account creation. Any changes to these settings won't
affect existing accounts.
<para>
PASS_MAX_DAYS, PASS_MIN_DAYS and PASS_WARN_AGE are only used at the
time of account creation. Any changes to these settings won't affect
existing accounts.
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>UID_MAX (number)</term>
<term>UID_MIN (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Range of user IDs to choose from for the
<command>useradd</command> program.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>UID_MAX (number)</term>
<term>UID_MIN (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Range of user IDs to choose from for the
<command>useradd</command> program.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>UMASK (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>The permission mask is initialized to this value. If not
specified, the permission mask will be initialized to 077.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>UMASK (number)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The permission mask is initialized to this value. If not
specified, the permission mask will be initialized to 077.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>USERDEL_CMD (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>If defined, this command is run when removing a user. It
should remove any at/cron/print jobs etc. owned by the user to
be removed (passed as the first argument).
</para>
</listitem>
<term>USERDEL_CMD (string)</term>
<listitem>
<para>
If defined, this command is run when removing a user. It should
remove any at/cron/print jobs etc. owned by the user to be
removed (passed as the first argument).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='cross_reference'>
<title>CROSS REFERENCE</title>
<para>The following cross reference shows which programs in the shadow
<para>
The following cross reference shows which programs in the shadow
password suite use which parameters.
</para>
<!-- .na -->
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>chfn</term>
<listitem>
<para>CHFN_AUTH CHFN_RESTRICT</para>
</listitem>
<term>chfn</term>
<listitem>
<para>CHFN_AUTH CHFN_RESTRICT</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>chsh</term>
<listitem>
<para>CHFN_AUTH</para>
</listitem>
<term>chsh</term>
<listitem>
<para>CHFN_AUTH</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>groupadd</term>
<listitem>
<para>GID_MAX GID_MIN</para>
</listitem>
<term>groupadd</term>
<listitem>
<para>GID_MAX GID_MIN</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>newusers</term>
<listitem>
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
UMASK
</para>
</listitem>
<term>newusers</term>
<listitem>
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
UMASK
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>pwconv</term>
<listitem>
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE</para>
</listitem>
<term>pwconv</term>
<listitem>
<para>PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>useradd</term>
<listitem>
<para>CREATE_HOME
GID_MAX GID_MIN
PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
UID_MAX UID_MIN
UMASK
</para>
</listitem>
<term>useradd</term>
<listitem>
<para>CREATE_HOME
GID_MAX GID_MIN
PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE
UID_MAX UID_MIN
UMASK
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>userdel</term>
<listitem>
<para>MAIL_DIR
USERDEL_CMD
</para>
</listitem>
<term>userdel</term>
<listitem>
<para>MAIL_DIR
USERDEL_CMD
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>usermod</term>
<listitem>
<para>MAIL_DIR</para>
<!-- .ad -->
</listitem>
<term>usermod</term>
<listitem>
<para>MAIL_DIR</para>
<!-- .ad -->
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
<title>BUGS</title>
<para>Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow
<para>
Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow
password suite is now handled by PAM. Thus,
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> is no longer used by programs
such as:
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
Please refer to the corresponding PAM configuration files instead.
such as: <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>, <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>, <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>. Please refer to the corresponding PAM configuration
files instead.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='authors'>
<title>AUTHORS</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com) Chip Rosenthal (chip@unicom.com)

22
man/logoutd.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "LOGOUTD" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "LOGOUTD" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ logoutd \- Enforce login time restrictions
\fBlogoutd\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBlogoutd\fR
enforces the login time and port restrictions specified in
\fI/etc/porttime\fR.
\fBlogoutd\fR
should be started from
\fI/etc/rc\fR. The
\fI/var/run/utmp\fR
file is scanned periodically and each user name is checked to see if the named user is permitted on the named port at the current time. Any login session which is violating the restrictions in
\fI/etc/porttime\fR
\fBlogoutd\fR
enforces the login time and port restrictions specified in
\fI/etc/porttime\fR.
\fBlogoutd\fR
should be started from
\fI/etc/rc\fR. The
\fI/var/run/utmp\fR
file is scanned periodically and each user name is checked to see if the named user is permitted on the named port at the current time. Any login session which is violating the restrictions in
\fI/etc/porttime\fR
is terminated.
.SH "FILES"
.TP

29
man/logoutd.8.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='logoutd8'>
<!-- $Id: logoutd.8.xml,v 1.7 2005/08/03 16:29:14 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='logoutd.8'>
<!-- $Id: logoutd.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>LOGOUTD</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>logoutd</command>
<command>logoutd</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>logoutd</command> enforces the login time and port
restrictions specified in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename>.
<para>
<command>logoutd</command> enforces the login time and port
restrictions specified in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename>.
<command>logoutd</command> should be started from
<filename>/etc/rc</filename>. The <filename>/var/run/utmp</filename>
file is scanned periodically and each user name is checked to see if
@@ -30,21 +31,25 @@
<filename>/etc/porttime</filename> is terminated.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/porttime</filename></term>
<listitem>login and port permissions</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/porttime</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>login and port permissions</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/var/run/utmp</filename></term>
<listitem>list of current login sessions</listitem>
<term><filename>/var/run/utmp</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>list of current login sessions</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

128
man/newgrp.1
View File

@@ -1,78 +1,58 @@
.\"$Id: newgrp.1,v 1.23 2005/04/12 18:08:46 kloczek Exp $
.\" Copyright 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. Neither the name of Julianne F. Haugh nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY JULIE HAUGH AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL JULIE HAUGH OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.TH NEWGRP 1
.SH NAME
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "NEWGRP" "1" "10/10/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
.ad l
.SH "NAME"
newgrp \- log in to a new group
.br
sg \- execute command as different group ID
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBnewgrp\fR [\fB\-\fR] [\fIgroup\fR]
.br
\fBsg\fR [\fB\-\fR] [\fIgroup\fR [[\fB\-c\fR] \fIcommand\fR]]
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBnewgrp\fR is used to change the current group ID during a login session.
If the optional \fB\-\fR flag is given, the user's environment will be
reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current
environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 7
\fBnewgrp\fR [\-] [\fIgroup\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBnewgrp\fR changes the current real group ID to the named group, or to the
default group listed in \fI/etc/passwd\fR if no group name is given.
\fBnewgrp\fR also tries to add the group to the user groupset. If not root,
the user will be prompted for a password if she do not have a password and
the group does, or if the user is not listed as a member and the group has
a password. The user will be denied access if the group password is empty
and the user is not listed as a member.
If compiled with SHADOWPWD (respectively SHADOWGRP) defined, the password
of the user (respectively, the password and the members of the group) will
be overwritten by the value defined in \fI/etc/shadow\fR (respectively in
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR) if an entry exists for this user (resp. group).
\fBnewgrp\fR
is used to change the current group ID during a login session. If the optional
\fB\-\fR
flag is given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
.PP
\fBnewgrp\fR
changes the current real group ID to the named group, or to the default group listed in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
if no group name is given.
\fBnewgrp\fR
also tries to add the group to the user groupset. If not root, the user will be prompted for a password if she does not have a password (in
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
if this user has an entry in the shadowed password file, or in /etc/passwd otherwise) and the group does, or if the user is not listed as a member and the group has a password. The user will be denied access if the group password is empty and the user is not listed as a member.
.PP
If there is an entry for this group in
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR, then the list of members and the password of this group will be taken from this file, otherwise, the entry in
\fI/etc/group\fR
is considered.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
secure user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/group\fR
group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
shadow group file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBid\fR(1),
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBgshadow\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
The \fBsg\fR command works similar to \fBnewgrp\fR but accepts a command.
The command will be executed with the \fB/bin/sh\fR shell. With most shells you
may run \fBsg\fR from, you need to enclose multi\-word commands in quotes.
Another difference between \fBnewgrp\fR and \fBsg\fR is that some shells
treat \fBnewgrp\fR specially, replacing themselves with a new instance of a
shell that \fBnewgrp\fR creates. This doesn't happen with \fBsg\fR, so upon
exit from a \fBsg\fR command you are returned to your previous group ID.
.SH FILES
\fI/etc/passwd\fR \- user account information
.br
\fI/etc/shadow\fR \- secure user account information
.br
\fI/etc/group\fR \- group account information
.br
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR \- shadow group file
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR id (1),
.BR login (1),
.BR su (1),
.BR gpasswd (1),
.BR group (5),
.BR gshadow (5)
.SH AUTHOR
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

112
man/newgrp.1.xml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='newgrp.1'>
<!-- $Id: newgrp.1.xml,v 1.9 2005/10/10 17:06:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>NEWGRP</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv id='name'>
<refname>newgrp</refname>
<refpurpose>log in to a new group</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>newgrp</command> <arg choice='opt'>- </arg>
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>group</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
<command>newgrp</command> is used to change the current group ID
during a login session. If the optional <option>-</option> flag is
given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user
had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current
working directory, remains unchanged.
</para>
<para>
<command>newgrp</command> changes the current real group ID to the
named group, or to the default group listed in
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> if no group name is given.
<command>newgrp</command> also tries to add the group to the user
groupset. If not root, the user will be prompted for a password if she
does not have a password (in <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> if this
user has an entry in the shadowed password file, or in
/etc/passwd otherwise) and the group does, or if the user is not
listed as a member and the group has a password. The user will
be denied access if the group password is empty and the user is
not listed as a member.
</para>
<para>
If there is an entry for this group in
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>, then the list of members and the
password of this group will be taken from this file, otherwise, the
entry in <filename>/etc/group</filename> is considered.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

17
man/newusers.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "NEWUSERS" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "NEWUSERS" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ newusers \- update and create new users in batch
\fBnewusers\fR [\fInew_users\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBnewusers\fR
reads a file of user name and clear\-text password pairs and uses this information to update a group of existing users or to create new users. Each line is in the same format as the standard password file (see
\fBnewusers\fR
reads a file of user name and clear\-text password pairs and uses this information to update a group of existing users or to create new users. Each line is in the same format as the standard password file (see
\fBpasswd\fR(5)) with the following exceptions:
.TP
\fIpw_passwd\fR
@@ -34,10 +34,15 @@ This command is intended to be used in a large system environment where many acc
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
The input file must be protected since it contains unencrypted passwords.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBuseradd\fR(8)
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBuseradd\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

133
man/newusers.8.xml
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='newusers8'>
<!-- $Id: newusers.8.xml,v 1.6 2005/06/16 17:37:58 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentry id='newusers.8'>
<!-- $Id: newusers.8.xml,v 1.11 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>NEWUSERS</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,93 +14,116 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>newusers</command>
<command>newusers</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>new_users</replaceable>
<replaceable>new_users</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>newusers</command> reads a file of user name and
clear-text password pairs and uses this information to update a group
of existing users or to create new users. Each line is in the same
format as the standard password file (see
<para>
<command>newusers</command> reads a file of user name and clear-text
password pairs and uses this information to update a group of existing
users or to create new users. Each line is in the same format as the
standard password file (see
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>) with the following exceptions:
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_passwd</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This field will be encrypted and used as the new value of
the encrypted password.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_passwd</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This field will be encrypted and used as the new value of the
encrypted password.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_age</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This field will be ignored for shadow passwords if the user
already exists.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_age</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This field will be ignored for shadow passwords if the user
already exists.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_gid</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This field may be the name of an existing group, in which
case the named user will be added as a member. If a non-existent
numerical group is given, a new group will be created having
this number.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_gid</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This field may be the name of an existing group, in which case
the named user will be added as a member. If a non-existent
numerical group is given, a new group will be created having
this number.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_dir</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>This field will be checked for existence as a directory and
a new directory with the same name will be created if it does
not already exist. The ownership of the directory will be set to
be that of the user being created or updated.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis remap='I'>pw_dir</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This field will be checked for existence as a directory and a
new directory with the same name will be created if it does not
already exist. The ownership of the directory will be set to be
that of the user being created or updated.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
<para>
This command is intended to be used in a large system environment
where many accounts are updated at a single time.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>The input file must be protected since it contains unencrypted
<para>
The input file must be protected since it contains unencrypted
passwords.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

187
man/passwd.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PASSWD" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "PASSWD" "1" "10/01/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -20,30 +20,30 @@ passwd \- change user password
\fBpasswd\fR [\-l \-u \-d \-S \-e] \fIlogin\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBpasswd\fR
changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for his/her own account, the super user may change the password for any account. The administrator of a group may change the password for the group.
\fBpasswd\fR
\fBpasswd\fR
changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for his/her own account, the super user may change the password for any account. The administrator of a group may change the password for the group.
\fBpasswd\fR
also changes account information, such as the full name of the user, user's login shell, or password expiry date and interval.
.PP
The
\fB\-s\fR
option makes
\fBpasswd\fR
call
\fBchsh\fR
to change the user's shell. The
\fB\-f\fR
option makes
\fBpasswd\fR
call
\fBchfn\fR
The
\fB\-s\fR
option makes
\fBpasswd\fR
call
\fBchsh\fR
to change the user's shell. The
\fB\-f\fR
option makes
\fBpasswd\fR
call
\fBchfn\fR
to change the user's gecos information. These two options are only meant for compatibility, since the other programs can be called directly.
.SS "Password Changes"
.PP
The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is present. This password is then encrypted and compared against the stored password. The user has only one chance to enter the correct password. The super user is permitted to bypass this step so that forgotten passwords may be changed.
.PP
After the password has been entered, password aging information is checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at this time. If not,
\fBpasswd\fR
After the password has been entered, password aging information is checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at this time. If not,
\fBpasswd\fR
refuses to change the password and exits.
.PP
The user is then prompted for a replacement password. This password is tested for complexity. As a general guideline, passwords should consist of 6 to 8 characters including one or more from each of following sets:
@@ -57,77 +57,30 @@ digits 0 thru 9
\(bu
punctuation marks
.PP
Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or kill characters.
\fBpasswd\fR
Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or kill characters.
\fBpasswd\fR
will reject any password which is not suitably complex.
.PP
If the password is accepted,
\fBpasswd\fR
If the password is accepted,
\fBpasswd\fR
will prompt again and compare the second entry against the first. Both entries are required to match in order for the password to be changed.
.SS "Group passwords"
.PP
When the
\fB\-g\fR
option is used, the password for the named group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a group administrator for the named group. The current group password is not prompted for. The
\fB\-r\fR
option is used with the
\fB\-g\fR
option to remove the current password from the named group. This allows group access to all members. The
\fB\-R\fR
option is used with the
\fB\-g\fR
When the
\fB\-g\fR
option is used, the password for the named group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a group administrator for the named group. The current group password is not prompted for. The
\fB\-r\fR
option is used with the
\fB\-g\fR
option to remove the current password from the named group. This allows group access to all members. The
\fB\-R\fR
option is used with the
\fB\-g\fR
option to restrict the named group for all users.
.SS "Password expiry information"
.PP
The password aging information may be changed by the super user with the
\fB\-x\fR,
\fB\-n\fR,
\fB\-w\fR, and
\fB\-i\fR
options. The
\fB\-x\fR
option is used to set the maximum number of days a password remains valid. After
\fImax\fR
days, the password is required to be changed. The
\fB\-n\fR
option is used to set the minimum number of days before a password may be changed. The user will not be permitted to change the password until
\fImin\fR
days have elapsed. The
\fB\-w\fR
option is used to set the number of days of warning the user will receive before his/her password will expire. The warning occurs
\fIwarn\fR
days before the expiration, telling the user how many days remain until the password is set to expire. The
\fB\-i\fR
option is used to disable an account after the password has been expired for a number of days. After a user account has had an expired password for
\fIinact\fR
days, the user may no longer sign on to the account.
.PP
If you wish to immediately expire an account's password, you can use the
\fB\-e\fR
option. This in effect can force a user to change his/her password at the user's next login. You can also use the
\fB\-d\fR
option to delete a user's password (make it empty). Use caution with this option since it can make an account not require a password at all to login, leaving your system open to intruders.
.SS "Account maintenance"
.PP
User accounts may be locked and unlocked with the
\fB\-l\fR
and
\fB\-u\fR
flags. The
\fB\-l\fR
option disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value. The
\fB\-u\fR
option re\-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
.PP
The account status may be viewed with the
\fB\-S\fR
option. The status information consists of 7 fields. The first field is the user's login name. The second field indicates if the user account is locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable password (P). The third field gives the date of the last password change. The next four fields are the minimum age, maximum age, warning period, and inactivity period for the password. These ages are expressed in days. See
\fIPassword expiry information\fR
above for a discussion of these fields.
.SS "Hints for user passwords"
.PP
The security of a password depends upon the strength of the encryption algorithm and the size of the key space. The
\fI\\s\-2UNIX\fR
The security of a password depends upon the strength of the encryption algorithm and the size of the key space. The
\fIUNIX\fR
System encryption method is based on the NBS DES algorithm and is very secure. The size of the key space depends upon the randomness of the password which is selected.
.PP
Compromises in password security normally result from careless password selection or handling. For this reason, you should not select a password which appears in a dictionary or which must be written down. The password should also not be a proper name, your license number, birth date, or street address. Any of these may be used as guesses to violate system security.
@@ -149,6 +102,64 @@ You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this in their diction
.SS "Notes about group passwords"
.PP
Group passwords are an inherent security problem since more than one person is permitted to know the password. However, groups are a useful tool for permitting co\-operation between different users.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBpasswd\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR
This option can be used only with
\fB\-S\fR
and causes show status for all users.
.TP
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-delete\fR
Delete a user's password (make it empty). This is a quick way to disable a password for an account. It will set the named account passwordless.
.TP
\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-expire\fR
Immediately expire an account\(cqs password. This in effect can force a user to change his/her password at the user\(cqs next login.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-inactive\fR \fIINACTIVE\fR
This option is used to disable an account after the password has been expired for a number of days. After a user account has had an expired password for
\fIINACTIVE\fR
days, the user may no longer sign on to the account.
.TP
\fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-tokens\fR
Indicate change password should be performed only for expired authentication tokens (passwords). The user wishes to keep their non\-expired tokens as before.
.TP
\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-lock\fR
Lock the named account. This option disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
.TP
\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-mindays\fR \fIMIN_DAYS\fR
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her password at any time.
.TP
\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR
quiet mode
.TP
\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-repository\fR \fIREPOSITORY\fR
change password in
\fIREPOSITORY\fR
repository
.TP
\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-status\fR
Display account status information. The status information consists of 7 fields. The first field is the user\(cqs login name. The second field indicates if the user account is locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable password (P). The third field gives the date of the last password change. The next four fields are the minimum age, maximum age, warning period, and inactivity period for the password. These ages are expressed in days.
.TP
\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unlock\fR
Unlock the named account. This option re\-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value (to value before using
\fB\-l\fR
option).
.TP
\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-warndays\fR \fIWARN_DAYS\fR
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. The
\fIWARN_DAYS\fR
option is the number of days prior to the password expiring that a user will be warned her password is about to expire.
.TP
\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-maxdays\fR \fIMAX_DAYS\fR
Set the maximum number of days a password remains valid. After
\fIMAX_DAYS\fR, the password is required to be changed.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
Not all options may be supported. Password complexity checking may vary from site to site. The user is urged to select a password as complex as he feels comfortable with. Users may not be able to change their password on a system if NIS is enabled and they are not logged into the NIS server.
@@ -161,9 +172,9 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBpasswd\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBpasswd\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -187,9 +198,9 @@ passwd file busy, try again
invalid argument to option
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5)
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

556
man/passwd.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='passwd.1'>
<!-- $Id: passwd.1.xml,v 1.11 2005/06/20 08:47:36 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: passwd.1.xml,v 1.20 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -15,23 +15,23 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>passwd</command>
<command>passwd</command>
<group choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg>
</group>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>name</replaceable>
<replaceable>name</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>passwd</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-g </arg>
<group choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-r </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-r </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-R </arg>
</group>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
<replaceable>group</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
@@ -44,29 +44,30 @@
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>passwd</command>
<command>passwd</command>
<group choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-l </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-u </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-d </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-S </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-S </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-e </arg>
</group>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>passwd</command> changes passwords for user and group
<para>
<command>passwd</command> changes passwords for user and group
accounts. A normal user may only change the password for his/her own
account, the super user may change the password for any account. The
administrator of a group may change the password for the group.
administrator of a group may change the password for the group.
<command>passwd</command> also changes account information, such as
the full name of the user, user's login shell, or password expiry date
and interval.
</para>
<para>
The <option>-s</option> option makes <command>passwd</command> call
<command>chsh</command> to change the user's shell. The
@@ -75,251 +76,398 @@
two options are only meant for compatibility, since the other programs
can be called directly.
</para>
<refsect2 id='password_changes'>
<title>Password Changes</title>
<para>The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is
present. This password is then encrypted and compared against the
stored password. The user has only one chance to enter the correct
password. The super user is permitted to bypass this step so that
forgotten passwords may be changed.
</para>
<para>After the password has been entered, password aging information
is checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at
this time. If not, <command>passwd</command> refuses to change the
password and exits.
</para>
<para>The user is then prompted for a replacement password. This
password is tested for complexity. As a general guideline, passwords
should consist of 6 to 8 characters including one or more from each
of following sets:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>lower case alphabetics</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>digits 0 thru 9</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>punctuation marks</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or
kill characters. <command>passwd</command> will reject any password
which is not suitably complex.
</para>
<para>If the password is accepted, <command>passwd</command> will
prompt again and compare the second entry against the first. Both
entries are required to match in order for the password to be
changed.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='group_passwords'>
<title>Group passwords</title>
<para>
When the <option>-g</option> option is used, the password for the
named group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a
group administrator for the named group. The current group password
is not prompted for. The <option>-r</option> option is used with the
<option>-g</option> option to remove the current password from the
named group. This allows group access to all members. The
<option>-R</option> option is used with the <option>-g</option>
option to restrict the named group for all users.
The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is
present. This password is then encrypted and compared against the
stored password. The user has only one chance to enter the correct
password. The super user is permitted to bypass this step so that
forgotten passwords may be changed.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='password_expiry_information'>
<title>Password expiry information</title>
<para>The password aging information may be changed by the super user
with the <option>-x</option>, <option>-n</option>,
<option>-w</option>, and <option>-i</option> options. The
<option>-x</option> option is used to set the maximum number of days
a password remains valid. After <emphasis remap='I'>max</emphasis>
days, the password is required to be changed. The
<option>-n</option> option is used to set the minimum number of days
before a password may be changed. The user will not be permitted to
change the password until <emphasis remap='I'>min</emphasis> days
have elapsed. The <option>-w</option> option is used to set the
number of days of warning the user will receive before his/her
password will expire. The warning occurs <emphasis
remap='I'>warn</emphasis> days before the expiration, telling the
user how many days remain until the password is set to expire. The
<option>-i</option> option is used to disable an account after the
password has been expired for a number of days. After a user account
has had an expired password for <emphasis remap='I'>inact</emphasis>
days, the user may no longer sign on to the account.
<para>
After the password has been entered, password aging information is
checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at
this time. If not, <command>passwd</command> refuses to change the
password and exits.
</para>
<para>If you wish to immediately expire an account's password, you can
use the <option>-e</option> option. This in effect can force a user
to change his/her password at the user's next login. You can also
use the <option>-d</option> option to delete a user's password (make
it empty). Use caution with this option since it can make an account
not require a password at all to login, leaving your system open to
intruders.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='account_maintenance'>
<title>Account maintenance</title>
<para> User accounts may be locked and unlocked with the
<option>-l</option> and <option>-u</option> flags. The
<option>-l</option> option disables an account by changing the
password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value. The
<option>-u</option> option re-enables an account by changing the
password back to its previous value.
</para>
<para>The account status may be viewed with the <option>-S</option>
option. The status information consists of 7 fields. The first
field is the user's login name. The second field indicates if the
user account is locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable
password (P). The third field gives the date of the last password
change. The next four fields are the minimum age, maximum age,
warning period, and inactivity period for the password. These ages
are expressed in days. See <emphasis remap='B'>Password expiry
information</emphasis> above for a discussion of these fields.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='hints_for_user_passwords'>
<title>Hints for user passwords</title>
<para>The security of a password depends upon the strength of the
encryption algorithm and the size of the key space. The <emphasis
remap='B'>\s-2UNIX</emphasis> System encryption method is based on
the NBS DES algorithm and is very secure. The size of the key space
depends upon the randomness of the password which is selected.
</para>
<para>Compromises in password security normally result from careless
password selection or handling. For this reason, you should not
select a password which appears in a dictionary or which must be
written down. The password should also not be a proper name, your
license number, birth date, or street address. Any of these may be
used as guesses to violate system security.
</para>
<para>Your password must easily remembered so that you will not be
forced to write it on a piece of paper. This can be accomplished by
appending two small words together and separating each with a
special character or digit. For example, Pass%word.
</para>
<para>Other methods of construction involve selecting an easily
remembered phrase from literature and selecting the first or last
letter from each word. An example of this is:
<para>
The user is then prompted for a replacement password. This password
is tested for complexity. As a general guideline, passwords should
consist of 6 to 8 characters including one or more from each of
following sets:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>Ask not for whom the bell tolls</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>which produces</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>An4wtbt</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this
in their dictionaries. You should, however, select your own methods
for constructing passwords and not rely exclusively on the methods
given here.
<listitem>
<para>lower case alphabetics</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>digits 0 thru 9</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>punctuation marks</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or kill
characters. <command>passwd</command> will reject any password which
is not suitably complex.
</para>
<para>If the password is accepted, <command>passwd</command> will
prompt again and compare the second entry against the first. Both
entries are required to match in order for the password to be
changed.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='group_passwords'>
<title>Group passwords</title>
<para>
When the <option>-g</option> option is used, the password for the
named group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a
group administrator for the named group. The current group password
is not prompted for. The <option>-r</option> option is used with the
<option>-g</option> option to remove the current password from the
named group. This allows group access to all members. The
<option>-R</option> option is used with the <option>-g</option>
option to restrict the named group for all users.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='hints_for_user_passwords'>
<title>Hints for user passwords</title>
<para>
The security of a password depends upon the strength of the
encryption algorithm and the size of the key space. The
<emphasis>UNIX</emphasis> System encryption method is based on the
NBS DES algorithm and is very secure. The size of the key space
depends upon the randomness of the password which is selected.
</para>
<para>
Compromises in password security normally result from careless
password selection or handling. For this reason, you should not
select a password which appears in a dictionary or which must be
written down. The password should also not be a proper name, your
license number, birth date, or street address. Any of these may be
used as guesses to violate system security.
</para>
<para>
Your password must easily remembered so that you will not be forced
to write it on a piece of paper. This can be accomplished by
appending two small words together and separating each with a
special character or digit. For example, Pass%word.
</para>
<para>
Other methods of construction involve selecting an easily remembered
phrase from literature and selecting the first or last letter from
each word. An example of this is:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>Ask not for whom the bell tolls</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>which produces</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>An4wtbt</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this in
their dictionaries. You should, however, select your own methods for
constructing passwords and not rely exclusively on the methods given
here.
</para>
</refsect2>
<refsect2 id='notes_about_group_passwords'>
<title>Notes about group passwords</title>
<para>Group passwords are an inherent security problem since more than
one person is permitted to know the password. However, groups are a
useful tool for permitting co-operation between different users.
<para>
Group passwords are an inherent security problem since more than
one person is permitted to know the password. However, groups are a
useful tool for permitting co-operation between different users.
</para>
</refsect2>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
The options which apply to the <command>passwd</command> command are:
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This option can be used only with <option>-S</option> and causes show
status for all users.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Delete a user's password (make it empty). This is a quick way
to disable a password for an account. It will set the named
account passwordless.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-e</option>, <option>--expire</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Immediately expire an account’s password. This in effect can
force a user to change his/her password at the user’s next login.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Display help message and exit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-i</option>, <option>--inactive</option> <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
This option is used to disable an account after the password has
been expired for a number of days. After a user account has had
an expired password for <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
days, the user may no longer sign on to the account.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-k</option>, <option>--keep-tokens</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Indicate change password should be performed only for expired
authentication tokens (passwords). The user wishes to keep their
non-expired tokens as before.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Lock the named account. This option disables an account by changing
the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-n</option>, <option>--mindays</option> <replaceable>MIN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value
of zero for this field indicates that the user may change her
password at any time.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
quiet mode
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-r</option>, <option>--repository</option> <replaceable>REPOSITORY</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
change password in <replaceable>REPOSITORY</replaceable> repository
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-S</option>, <option>--status</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Display account status information. The status information
consists of 7 fields. The first field is the user’s login name.
The second field indicates if the user account is locked (L),
has no password (NP), or has a usable password (P). The third
field gives the date of the last password change. The next four
fields are the minimum age, maximum age, warning period, and
inactivity period for the password. These ages are expressed in
days.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--unlock</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Unlock the named account. This option re-enables an account by
changing the password back to its previous value (to value before
using <option>-l</option> option).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-w</option>, <option>--warndays</option> <replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the number of days of warning before a password change is
required. The <replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable> option is
the number of days prior to the password expiring that a user
will be warned her password is about to expire.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-x</option>, <option>--maxdays</option> <replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the maximum number of days a password remains valid. After
<replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable>, the password is required
to be changed.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>Not all options may be supported. Password complexity checking
may vary from site to site. The user is urged to select a password as
<para>
Not all options may be supported. Password complexity checking may
vary from site to site. The user is urged to select a password as
complex as he feels comfortable with. Users may not be able to change
their password on a system if NIS is enabled and they are not logged
into the NIS server.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>passwd</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>permission denied</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>permission denied</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid combination of options</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid combination of options</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>unexpected failure, nothing done</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>unexpected failure, nothing done</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>unexpected failure, passwd file missing</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>unexpected failure, passwd file missing</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>passwd file busy, try again</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>passwd file busy, try again</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid argument to option</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid argument to option</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

73
man/passwd.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PASSWD" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "PASSWD" "5" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
passwd \- The password file
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
contains various pieces of information for each user account. Included is:
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
contains one line for each user account, with seven fields delimited by colons (\(lq:\(rq). These fields are:
.TP 3
\(bu
login name
@@ -33,41 +33,62 @@ user name or comment field
user home directory
.TP
\(bu
user command interpreter
optional user command interpreter
.PP
The password field may not be filled if shadow passwords have been enabled. If shadow passwords are being used, the encrypted password will be found in
\fI/etc/shadow\fR. The encrypted password consists of characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \\. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$" character. This means the encrypted password was generated using another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it means the MD5\-based algorithm was used. Refer to
\fBcrypt\fR(3)
for details on how this string is interpreted.
The encrypted password field may be blank, in which case no password is required to authenticate as the specified login name. However, some applications which read the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file may decide not to permit
\fIany\fR
access at all if the
\fIpassword\fR
field is blank. If the
\fIpassword\fR
field is a lower\-case
\(lqx\(rq, then the encrypted password is actually stored in the
\fBshadow\fR(5)
file instead; there
\fImust\fR
be a corresponding line in the
\fIshadow\fR
file, or else the user account is invalid. If the
\fIpassword\fR
field is any other string, then it will be treated as an encrypted password, as specified by
\fBcrypt\fR(3).
.PP
The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as
The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as
\fBfinger\fR(1).
.PP
The home directory field provides the name of the initial working directory.
\fILogin\fR
uses this information to set the value of the
\fB$HOME\fR
The home directory field provides the name of the initial working directory. The
\fBlogin\fR
program uses this information to set the value of the
\fB$HOME\fR
environmental variable.
.PP
The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's command language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to execute.
\fILogin\fR
uses this information to set the value of the
\fB$SHELL\fR
environmental variable. If this field is empty, it defaults to the value
The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's command language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to execute. The
\fBlogin\fR
program uses this information to set the value of the
\fB$SHELL\fR
environmental variable. If this field is empty, it defaults to the value
\fI/bin/sh\fR.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
optional encrypted password file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBpwconv\fR(8),
\fBpwunconv\fR(8),
\fBsulogin\fR(8)
\fBgetent\fR(1),
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBcrypt\fR(3),
\fBgetpwnam\fR(3),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBpwconv\fR(8),
\fBpwunconv\fR(8),
\fBsulogin\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

133
man/passwd.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='passwd.5'>
<!-- $Id: passwd.5.xml,v 1.7 2005/06/16 17:59:21 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: passwd.5.xml,v 1.12 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,106 +11,133 @@
<refname>passwd</refname>
<refpurpose>The password file</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><filename>/etc/passwd</filename> contains various pieces of
information for each user account. Included is:
<para>
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> contains one line for each
user account, with seven fields delimited by colons
(<quote>:</quote>).
These fields are:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>login name</para>
</listitem>
<para>login name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>optional encrypted password</para>
</listitem>
<para>optional encrypted password</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>numerical user ID</para>
</listitem>
<para>numerical user ID</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>numerical group ID</para>
</listitem>
<para>numerical group ID</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>user name or comment field</para>
</listitem>
<para>user name or comment field</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>user home directory</para>
</listitem>
<para>user home directory</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>user command interpreter</para>
</listitem>
<para>optional user command interpreter</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
The password field may not be filled if shadow passwords have been
enabled. If shadow passwords are being used, the encrypted password
will be found in <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The encrypted
password consists of characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru
z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$"
character. This means the encrypted password was generated using
another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it
means the MD5-based algorithm was used. Refer to
The encrypted password field may be blank, in which case no password
is required to authenticate as the specified login name. However,
some applications which read the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file
may decide not to permit <emphasis>any</emphasis> access at all if the
<emphasis>password</emphasis> field is blank. If the
<emphasis>password</emphasis> field is a lower-case <quote>x</quote>,
then the encrypted password is actually stored in the
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file instead; there
<emphasis>must</emphasis> be a corresponding line in the
<filename>shadow</filename> file, or else the user account is invalid.
If the <emphasis>password</emphasis> field is any other string, then
it will be treated as an encrypted password, as specified by
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on how this string
is interpreted.
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
</para>
<para>The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as
<para>
The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>finger</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
</para>
<para>The home directory field provides the name of the initial working
directory. <emphasis remap='B'>Login</emphasis> uses this information
<para>
The home directory field provides the name of the initial working
directory. The <command>login</command> program uses this information
to set the value of the <envar>$HOME</envar> environmental variable.
</para>
<para>
The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's
command language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to
execute. <emphasis remap='B'>Login</emphasis> uses this information
to set the value of the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environmental variable.
If this field is empty, it defaults to the value
<filename>/bin/sh</filename>.
The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's command
language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to execute.
The <command>login</command> program uses this information to set the
value of the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environmental variable. If this
field is empty, it defaults to the value <filename>/bin/sh</filename>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>optional encrypted password file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

13
man/pl/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/pl
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -232,9 +239,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/pl/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/pl/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/pl/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/pl/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

57
man/porttime.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PORTTIME" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "PORTTIME" "5" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,44 +11,47 @@
porttime \- port access time file
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fIporttime\fR
\fIporttime\fR
contains a list of tty devices, user names, and permitted login times.
.PP
Each entry consists of three colon separated fields. The first field is a comma separated list of tty devices, or an asterisk to indicate that all tty devices are matched by this entry. The second field is a comma separated list of user names, or an asterisk to indicated that all user names are matched by this entry. The third field is a comma separated list of permitted access times.
.PP
Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week, abbreviated
\fISu\fR,
\fIMo\fR,\fITu\fR,
\fIWe\fR,
\fITh\fR,
\fIFr\fR, and
\fISa\fR, followed by a pair of times separated by a hyphen. The abbreviation
\fIWk\fR
may be used to represent Monday thru Friday, and
\fIAl\fR
may be used to indicate every day. If no days are given,
\fIAl\fR
Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week, abbreviated
\fISu\fR,
\fIMo\fR,
\fITu\fR,
\fIWe\fR,
\fITh\fR,
\fIFr\fR, and
\fISa\fR, followed by a pair of times separated by a hyphen. The abbreviation
\fIWk\fR
may be used to represent Monday thru Friday, and
\fIAl\fR
may be used to indicate every day. If no days are given,
\fIAl\fR
is assumed.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
The following entry allows access to user
\fIjfh\fR
The following entry allows access to user
\fIjfh\fR
on every port during weekdays from 9am to 5pm.
.PP
*:jfh:Wk0900\-1700
.PP
The following entries allow access only to the users
\fIroot\fR
and
\fIoper\fR
on /dev/console at any time. This illustrates how the
\fI/etc/porttime\fR
The following entries allow access only to the users
\fIroot\fR
and
\fIoper\fR
on
\fI/dev/console\fR
at any time. This illustrates how the
\fI/etc/porttime\fR
file is an ordered list of access times. Any other user would match the second entry which does not permit access at any time.
.PP
console:root,oper:Al0000\-2400console:*:
console:root,oper:Al0000\-2400 console:*:
.PP
The following entry allows access for the user
\fIgames\fR
The following entry allows access for the user
\fIgames\fR
on any port during non\-working hours.
.PP
*:games:Wk1700\-0900,SaSu0000\-2400
@@ -58,7 +61,7 @@ on any port during non\-working hours.
file containing port access
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1)
\fBlogin\fR(1).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

94
man/porttime.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='porttime.5'>
<!-- $Id: porttime.5.xml,v 1.6 2005/04/27 16:44:12 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: porttime.5.xml,v 1.12 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>porttime</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,35 +11,36 @@
<refname>porttime</refname>
<refpurpose>port access time file</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>porttime</emphasis> contains a list of tty
devices, user names, and permitted login times.
</para>
<para>Each entry consists of three colon separated fields. The first
field is a comma separated list of tty devices, or an asterisk to
indicate that all tty devices are matched by this entry. The second
field is a comma separated list of user names, or an asterisk to
indicated that all user names are matched by this entry. The third
field is a comma separated list of permitted access times.
<para>
Each entry consists of three colon separated fields. The first field
is a comma separated list of tty devices, or an asterisk to indicate
that all tty devices are matched by this entry. The second field is a
comma separated list of user names, or an asterisk to indicated that
all user names are matched by this entry. The third field is a comma
separated list of permitted access times.
</para>
<para>Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week,
abbreviated <emphasis remap='B'>Su</emphasis>, <emphasis
remap='B'>Mo</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='B'>Tu</emphasis>, <emphasis
remap='B'>We</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='B'>Th</emphasis>, <emphasis
remap='B'>Fr</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='B'>Sa</emphasis>,
followed by a pair of times separated by a hyphen. The abbreviation
<emphasis remap='B'>Wk</emphasis> may be used to represent Monday thru
Friday, and <emphasis remap='B'>Al</emphasis> may be used to indicate
every day. If no days are given, <emphasis remap='B'>Al</emphasis> is
assumed.
<para>
Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week,
abbreviated <emphasis>Su</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mo</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Tu</emphasis>, <emphasis>We</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Th</emphasis>, <emphasis>Fr</emphasis>, and
<emphasis>Sa</emphasis>, followed by a pair of times separated by a
hyphen. The abbreviation <emphasis>Wk</emphasis> may be used to
represent Monday thru Friday, and <emphasis>Al</emphasis> may be used
to indicate every day. If no days are given, <emphasis>Al</emphasis>
is assumed.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='examples'>
<title>EXAMPLES</title>
<para>
@@ -47,54 +48,51 @@
remap='B'>jfh</emphasis> on every port during weekdays from 9am to
5pm.
</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para> *:jfh:Wk0900-1700</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para>The following entries allow access only to the users <emphasis
remap='B'>root</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>oper</emphasis> on
/dev/console at any time. This illustrates how the
<filename>/etc/porttime</filename> file is an ordered list of access
times. Any other user would match the second entry which does not
permit access at any time.
<para>
The following entries allow access only to the users
<emphasis>root</emphasis> and <emphasis>oper</emphasis> on
<filename>/dev/console</filename> at any time. This illustrates how
the <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> file is an ordered list of
access times. Any other user would match the second entry which does
not permit access at any time.
</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para> console:root,oper:Al0000-2400
<!-- .br -->
console:*:
</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para>The following entry allows access for the user <emphasis
remap='B'>games</emphasis> on any port during non-working hours.
<para>
The following entry allows access for the user
<emphasis>games</emphasis> on any port during non-working hours.
</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para> *:games:Wk1700-0900,SaSu0000-2400</para>
<!-- .br -->
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/porttime</filename></term>
<listitem>file containing port access</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/porttime</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>file containing port access</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

13
man/pt_BR/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/pt_BR
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -194,9 +201,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/pt_BR/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/pt_BR/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/pt_BR/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/pt_BR/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

116
man/pw_auth.3
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PW_AUTH" "3" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "PW_AUTH" "3" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -13,91 +13,91 @@ pw_auth \- administrator defined password authentication routines
.PP
\fI#include <pwauth.h>\fR
.PP
\fIint pw_auth (char\fR \fI*command,\fR \fIchar\fR \fI*user,\fR \fIint\fR \fIreason,\fR \fIchar\fR \fI*input)\fR\fI;\fR
\fIint pw_auth (char\fR\fI*command,\fR\fIchar\fR\fI*user,\fR\fIint\fR\fIreason,\fR\fIchar\fR\fI*input)\fR\fI;\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fIpw_auth\fR
\fIpw_auth\fR
invokes the administrator defined functions for a given user.
.PP
\fIcommand\fR
\fIcommand\fR
is the name of the authentication program. It is retrieved from the user's password file information. The string contains one or more executable file names, delimited by semi\-colons. Each program will be executed in the order given. The command line arguments are given for each of the reasons listed below.
.PP
\fIuser\fR
is the name of the user to be authenticated, as given in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
\fIuser\fR
is the name of the user to be authenticated, as given in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file. User entries are indexed by username. This allows non\-unique user IDs to be present and for each different username associated with that user ID to have a different authentication program and information.
.PP
Each of the permissible authentication reasons is handled in a potentially differenent manner. Unless otherwise mentioned, the standard file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 are available for communicating with the user. The real user ID may be used to determine the identity of the user making the authentication request.
\fIreason\fR
Each of the permissible authentication reasons is handled in a potentially differenent manner. Unless otherwise mentioned, the standard file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 are available for communicating with the user. The real user ID may be used to determine the identity of the user making the authentication request.
\fIreason\fR
is one of:
.TP
\fIPW_SU\fR
Perform authentication for the current real user ID attempting to switch real user ID to the named user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-s\fR
Perform authentication for the current real user ID attempting to switch real user ID to the named user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-s\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_LOGIN\fR
Perform authentication for the named user creating a new login session. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-l\fR
Perform authentication for the named user creating a new login session. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-l\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_ADD\fR
Create a new entry for the named user. This allows an authentication program to initialize storage for a new user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-a\fR
Create a new entry for the named user. This allows an authentication program to initialize storage for a new user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-a\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_CHANGE\fR
Alter an existing entry for the named user. This allows an authentication program to alter the authentication information for an existing user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-c\fR
Alter an existing entry for the named user. This allows an authentication program to alter the authentication information for an existing user. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-c\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_DELETE\fR
Delete authentication information for the named user. This allows an authentication program to reclaim storage for a user which is no longer authenticated using the authentication program. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-d\fR
Delete authentication information for the named user. This allows an authentication program to reclaim storage for a user which is no longer authenticated using the authentication program. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-d\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_TELNET\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fItelnet\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-t\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fBtelnet\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-t\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_RLOGIN\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIrlogin\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-r\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIrlogin\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-r\fR
option, followed by the username.
.TP
\fIPW_FTP\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIftp\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-f\fR
option, followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not available for communicating with the user. The standard input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
\fI/dev/null\fR. The
\fIpw_auth\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIftp\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-f\fR
option, followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not available for communicating with the user. The standard input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
\fI/dev/null\fR. The
\fIpw_auth\fR
function will pipe a single line of data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
.TP
\fIPW_REXEC\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIrexec\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-x\fR
option, followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not available for communicating with the remote user. The standard input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
\fI/dev/null\fR. The
\fIpw_auth\fR
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
\fIrexec\fR
command. The authentication program will be invoked with a
\fB\-x\fR
option, followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not available for communicating with the remote user. The standard input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
\fI/dev/null\fR. The
\fIpw_auth\fR
function will pipe a single line of data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
.PP
The last argument is the authentication data which is used by the
\fIPW_FTP\fR
and
\fIPW_REXEC\fR
reasons. It is treated as a single line of text which is piped to the authentication program. When the reason is
\fIPW_CHANGE,\fR
the value of
\fIinput\fR
The last argument is the authentication data which is used by the
\fIPW_FTP\fR
and
\fIPW_REXEC\fR
reasons. It is treated as a single line of text which is piped to the authentication program. When the reason is
\fIPW_CHANGE,\fR
the value of
\fIinput\fR
is the value of previous user name if the user name is being changed.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
@@ -106,17 +106,17 @@ This function does not create the actual session. It only indicates if the user
The network options are untested at this time.
.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
.PP
The
\fIpw_auth\fR
The
\fIpw_auth\fR
function returns 0 if the authentication program exited with a 0 exit code, and a non\-zero value otherwise.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

305
man/pw_auth.3.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='pw_auth.3'>
<!-- $Id: pw_auth.3.xml,v 1.10 2005/06/20 09:00:06 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: pw_auth.3.xml,v 1.15 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>pw_auth</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
@@ -11,45 +11,51 @@
<refname>pw_auth</refname>
<refpurpose>administrator defined password authentication routines</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
<title>SYNTAX</title>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>#include &lt;pwauth.h&gt;</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>#include &lt;pwauth.h&gt;</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>int pw_auth (char</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>int pw_auth (char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*command,</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='B'>char</emphasis>
<emphasis>char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*user,</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='B'>int</emphasis>
<emphasis>int</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>reason,</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='B'>char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*input)</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>;</emphasis>
<emphasis>char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*input)</emphasis><emphasis>;</emphasis>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis>
invokes the administrator defined functions for a given user.
<para>
<emphasis>pw_auth</emphasis> invokes the administrator defined
functions for a given user.
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='I'>command</emphasis> is the name of the
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>command</emphasis> is the name of the
authentication program. It is retrieved from the user's password file
information. The string contains one or more executable file names,
delimited by semi-colons. Each program will be executed in the order
given. The command line arguments are given for each of the reasons
listed below.
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='I'>user</emphasis> is the name of the user to be
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>user</emphasis> is the name of the user to be
authenticated, as given in the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file.
User entries are indexed by username. This allows non-unique user IDs
to be present and for each different username associated with that
user ID to have a different authentication program and information.
</para>
<para>Each of the permissible authentication reasons is handled in a
<para>
Each of the permissible authentication reasons is handled in a
potentially differenent manner. Unless otherwise mentioned, the
standard file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 are available for communicating
with the user. The real user ID may be used to determine the identity
@@ -58,181 +64,190 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_SU</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Perform authentication for the current real user ID
attempting to switch real user ID to the named user. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-s</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_SU</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Perform authentication for the current real user ID attempting
to switch real user ID to the named user. The authentication
program will be invoked with a <option>-s</option> option,
followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_LOGIN</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Perform authentication for the named user creating a new
login session. The authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-l</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_LOGIN</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Perform authentication for the named user creating a new login
session. The authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-l</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_ADD</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Create a new entry for the named user. This allows an
authentication program to initialize storage for a new user. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-a</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_ADD</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Create a new entry for the named user. This allows an
authentication program to initialize storage for a new user. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-a</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_CHANGE</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Alter an existing entry for the named user. This allows an
authentication program to alter the authentication information
for an existing user. The authentication program will be invoked
with a <option>-c</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_CHANGE</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Alter an existing entry for the named user. This allows an
authentication program to alter the authentication information
for an existing user. The authentication program will be invoked
with a <option>-c</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_DELETE</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Delete authentication information for the named user. This
allows an authentication program to reclaim storage for a user
which is no longer authenticated using the authentication
program. The authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-d</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_DELETE</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Delete authentication information for the named user. This
allows an authentication program to reclaim storage for a user
which is no longer authenticated using the authentication
program. The authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-d</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_TELNET</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using
the <emphasis remap='B'>telnet</emphasis> command. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-t</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_TELNET</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<command>telnet</command> command. The authentication program
will be invoked with a <option>-t</option> option, followed by
the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_RLOGIN</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis remap='B'>rlogin</emphasis> command. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-r</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_RLOGIN</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis>rlogin</emphasis> command. The
authentication program will be invoked with a
<option>-r</option> option, followed by the username.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_FTP</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis remap='B'>ftp</emphasis> command. The authentication
program will be invoked with a <option>-f</option> option,
followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not
available for communicating with the user. The standard input
file descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while
the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis
remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function will pipe a single line of
data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_FTP</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis>ftp</emphasis> command. The authentication program
will be invoked with a <option>-f</option> option, followed by
the username. The standard file descriptors are not available
for communicating with the user. The standard input file
descriptor will be connected to the parent process, while the
other two output file descriptors will be connected to
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis>pw_auth</emphasis>
function will pipe a single line of data to the authentication
program using file descriptor 0.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_REXEC</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis remap='I'>rexec</emphasis> command. The authentication
program will be invoked with a <option>-x</option> option,
followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not
available for communicating with the remote user. The standard
input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process,
while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis
remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function will pipe a single line of
data to the authentication program using file descriptor 0.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>PW_REXEC</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Authenticate a user who is connecting to the system using the
<emphasis remap='I'>rexec</emphasis> command. The authentication
program will be invoked with a <option>-x</option> option,
followed by the username. The standard file descriptors are not
available for communicating with the remote user. The standard
input file descriptor will be connected to the parent process,
while the other two output file descriptors will be connected to
<filename>/dev/null</filename>. The <emphasis>pw_auth</emphasis>
function will pipe a single line of data to the authentication
program using file descriptor 0.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>The last argument is the authentication data which is used by the
<emphasis remap='B'>PW_FTP</emphasis> and <emphasis
remap='B'>PW_REXEC</emphasis> reasons. It is treated as a single line
of text which is piped to the authentication program. When the reason
is <emphasis remap='B'>PW_CHANGE,</emphasis> the value of <emphasis
<para>
The last argument is the authentication data which is used by the
<emphasis>PW_FTP</emphasis> and <emphasis>PW_REXEC</emphasis> reasons.
It is treated as a single line of text which is piped to the
authentication program. When the reason is
<emphasis>PW_CHANGE,</emphasis> the value of <emphasis
remap='I'>input</emphasis> is the value of previous user name if the
user name is being changed.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>This function does not create the actual session. It only
indicates if the user should be allowed to create the session.
<para>
This function does not create the actual session. It only indicates if
the user should be allowed to create the session.
</para>
<para>The network options are untested at this time.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
<para>
The <emphasis remap='B'>pw_auth</emphasis> function returns 0 if the
The <emphasis>pw_auth</emphasis> function returns 0 if the
authentication program exited with a 0 exit code, and a non-zero value
otherwise.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

74
man/pwck.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PWCK" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "PWCK" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ pwck \- verify integrity of password files
\fBpwck\fR [\-r] [\fIpasswd\fR\ \fIshadow\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBpwck\fR
verifies the integrity of the system authentication information. All entries in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
\fBpwck\fR
verifies the integrity of the system authentication information. All entries in the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
are checked to see that the entry has the proper format and valid data in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.
.PP
Checks are made to verify that each entry has:
@@ -43,45 +43,45 @@ a valid home directory
\(bu
a valid login shell
.PP
The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated user name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All other errors are warning and the user is encouraged to run the
\fBusermod\fR
The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated user name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All other errors are warning and the user is encouraged to run the
\fBusermod\fR
command to correct the error.
.PP
The commands which operate on the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
\fBpwck\fR
The commands which operate on the
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
\fBpwck\fR
should be used in those circumstances to remove the offending entry.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBpwck\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBpwck\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-q\fR
Report errors only. Using this option will not require an action from the user.
.TP
\fB\-r\fR
Execute the
\fBpwck\fR
Execute the
\fBpwck\fR
command in read\-only mode.
.TP
\fB\-s\fR
Sort entries in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
Sort entries in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
by UID.
.PP
By default,
\fBpwck\fR
operates on the files
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR. The user may select alternate files with the
\fIpasswd\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
By default,
\fBpwck\fR
operates on the files
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/shadow\fR. The user may select alternate files with the
\fIpasswd\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
parameters.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -95,15 +95,15 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBpwck\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBpwck\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success

201
man/pwck.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='pwck.8'>
<!-- $Id: pwck.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/07/12 16:28:14 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: pwck.8.xml,v 1.13 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -18,61 +18,63 @@
<arg choice='opt'>-q </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>shadow</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>shadow</replaceable>
</arg>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>pwck</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>shadow</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>shadow</replaceable>
</arg>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>pwck</command> verifies the integrity of the system
<para>
<command>pwck</command> verifies the integrity of the system
authentication information. All entries in the
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>
are checked to see that the entry has the proper format and valid data
in each field. The user is prompted to delete entries that are
improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.
</para>
<para>Checks are made to verify that each entry has:</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>the correct number of fields</para>
<para>the correct number of fields</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a unique user name</para>
<para>a unique user name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a valid user and group identifier</para>
<para>a valid user and group identifier</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a valid primary group</para>
<para>a valid primary group</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para> a valid home directory</para>
<para> a valid home directory</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a valid login shell</para>
<para>a valid login shell</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are
<para>
The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are
fatal. If the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be
prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer
affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a
@@ -81,14 +83,15 @@
is encouraged to run the <command>usermod</command> command to correct
the error.
</para>
<para> The commands which operate on the
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file are not able to alter corrupted
or duplicated entries. <command>pwck</command> should be used in
those circumstances to remove the offending entry.
<para>
The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
file are not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries.
<command>pwck</command> should be used in those circumstances to
remove the offending entry.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -96,80 +99,86 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-q</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<option>-q</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Report errors only. Using this option will not require an action
from the user.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Execute the <command>pwck</command> command in read-only mode.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-s</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<option>-s</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Sort entries in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename> by UID.
</para>
</listitem>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
By default, <command>pwck</command> operates on the files
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
The user may select alternate files with the <emphasis
remap='I'>passwd</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>
parameters.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
@@ -178,34 +187,46 @@
<para>
The <command>pwck</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>one or more bad password entries</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't open password files</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't lock password files</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update password files</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>one or more bad password entries</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't open password files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't lock password files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>5</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update password files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

118
man/pwconv.8
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "PWCONV" "8" "26 Sep 1997" "26 Sep 1997" "26 Sep 1997"
@@ -20,79 +20,83 @@ pwconv, pwunconv, grpconv, grpunconv \- convert to and from shadow passwords and
\fBgrpunconv\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBpwconv\fR
creates
\fIshadow\fR
from
\fIpasswd\fR
and an optionally existing
\fBpwconv\fR
creates
\fIshadow\fR
from
\fIpasswd\fR
and an optionally existing
\fIshadow\fR.
.PP
\fBpwunconv\fR
creates
\fIpasswd\fR
from
\fIpasswd\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
and then removes
\fBpwunconv\fR
creates
\fIpasswd\fR
from
\fIpasswd\fR
and
\fIshadow\fR
and then removes
\fIshadow\fR.
.PP
\fBgrpconv\fR
creates
\fIgshadow\fR
from
\fIgroup\fR
and an optionally existing
\fBgrpconv\fR
creates
\fIgshadow\fR
from
\fIgroup\fR
and an optionally existing
\fIgshadow\fR.
.PP
\fBgrpunconv\fR
creates
\fIgroup\fR
from
\fIgroup\fR
and
\fIgshadow\fR
and then removes
\fBgrpunconv\fR
creates
\fIgroup\fR
from
\fIgroup\fR
and
\fIgshadow\fR
and then removes
\fIgshadow\fR.
.PP
These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password and group files:
\fI/etc/passwd\fR,
\fI/etc/group\fR,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR, and
These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password and group files:
\fI/etc/passwd\fR,
\fI/etc/group\fR,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR, and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR.
.PP
Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion.
\fBpwconv\fR
and
\fBgrpconv\fR
Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion.
\fBpwconv\fR
and
\fBgrpconv\fR
are similar. First, entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the main file are removed. Then, shadowed entries which don't have `x' as the password in the main file are updated. Any missing shadowed entries are added. Finally, passwords in the main file are replaced with `x'. These programs can be used for initial conversion as well to update the shadowed file if the main file is edited by hand.
.PP
\fBpwconv\fR
will use the values of
\fIPASS_MIN_DAYS\fR,
\fIPASS_MAX_DAYS\fR, and
\fIPASS_WARN_AGE\fR
from
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
when adding new entries to
\fBpwconv\fR
will use the values of
\fIPASS_MIN_DAYS\fR,
\fIPASS_MAX_DAYS\fR, and
\fIPASS_WARN_AGE\fR
from
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
when adding new entries to
\fI/etc/shadow\fR.
.PP
Likewise
\fBpwunconv\fR
and
\fBgrpunconv\fR
are similar. Passwords in the main file are updated from the shadowed file. Entries which exist in the main file but not in the shadowed file are left alone. Finally, the shadowed file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by
Likewise
\fBpwunconv\fR
and
\fBgrpunconv\fR
are similar. Passwords in the main file are updated from the shadowed file. Entries which exist in the main file but not in the shadowed file are left alone. Finally, the shadowed file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by
\fBpwunconv\fR. It will convert what it can.
.SH "BUGS"
.PP
Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or duplicate entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in other strange ways. Please run
\fBpwck\fR
and
\fBgrpck\fR
Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or duplicate entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in other strange ways. Please run
\fBpwck\fR
and
\fBgrpck\fR
to correct any such errors before converting to or from shadow passwords or groups.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBgrpck\fR(8),
\fBpwck\fR(8)
\fBgrpck\fR(8),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBpwck\fR(8).

101
man/pwconv.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='pwconv.8'>
<!-- $Id: pwconv.8.xml,v 1.7 2005/06/15 12:39:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: pwconv.8.xml,v 1.11 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentryinfo>
<date>26 Sep 1997</date>
</refentryinfo>
@@ -21,96 +21,119 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>pwconv</command>
<command>pwconv</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>pwunconv</command>
<command>pwunconv</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>grpconv</command>
<command>grpconv</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>grpunconv</command>
<command>grpunconv</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>pwconv</command> creates <emphasis
<para>
<command>pwconv</command> creates <emphasis
remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>passwd</emphasis>
and an optionally existing <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>.
</para>
<para><command>pwunconv</command> creates <emphasis
<para>
<command>pwunconv</command> creates <emphasis
remap='I'>passwd</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>passwd</emphasis>
and <emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis
remap='I'>shadow</emphasis>.
</para>
<para><command>grpconv</command> creates <emphasis
<para>
<command>grpconv</command> creates <emphasis
remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>group</emphasis>
and an optionally existing <emphasis remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis>.
</para>
<para><command>grpunconv</command> creates <emphasis
<para>
<command>grpunconv</command> creates <emphasis
remap='I'>group</emphasis> from <emphasis remap='I'>group</emphasis>
and <emphasis remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis
remap='I'>gshadow</emphasis>.
</para>
<para>These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password
and group files: <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>,
<para>
These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password and
group files: <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>,
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>, and
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>.
</para>
<para> Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion.
<command>pwconv</command> and <command>grpconv</command> are similar.
<para>
Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion.
<command>pwconv</command> and <command>grpconv</command> are similar.
First, entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the main file
are removed. Then, shadowed entries which don't have `x' as the
password in the main file are updated. Any missing shadowed entries
are added. Finally, passwords in the main file are replaced with `x'.
are added. Finally, passwords in the main file are replaced with `x'.
These programs can be used for initial conversion as well to update
the shadowed file if the main file is edited by hand.
</para>
<para><command>pwconv</command> will use the values of <emphasis
<para>
<command>pwconv</command> will use the values of <emphasis
remap='I'>PASS_MIN_DAYS</emphasis>, <emphasis
remap='I'>PASS_MAX_DAYS</emphasis>, and <emphasis
remap='I'>PASS_WARN_AGE</emphasis> from
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> when adding new entries to
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
</para>
<para>Likewise <command>pwunconv</command> and
<command>grpunconv</command> are similar. Passwords in the main file
are updated from the shadowed file. Entries which exist in the main
file but not in the shadowed file are left alone. Finally, the
shadowed file is removed. Some password aging information is lost by
<command>pwunconv</command>. It will convert what it can.
<para>
Likewise <command>pwunconv</command> and <command>grpunconv</command>
are similar. Passwords in the main file are updated from the shadowed
file. Entries which exist in the main file but not in the shadowed
file are left alone. Finally, the shadowed file is removed. Some
password aging information is lost by <command>pwunconv</command>. It
will convert what it can.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
<title>BUGS</title>
<para>Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or
duplicate entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in
other strange ways. Please run <command>pwck</command> and
<para>
Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or duplicate
entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in other
strange ways. Please run <command>pwck</command> and
<command>grpck</command> to correct any such errors before converting
to or from shadow passwords or groups.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry></para>
<refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

13
man/ru/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/ru
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -77,6 +78,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -88,6 +91,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -127,6 +131,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -187,9 +194,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ru/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ru/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/ru/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/ru/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

62
man/sg.1
View File

@@ -1 +1,61 @@
.so man1/newgrp.1
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SG" "1" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
.ad l
.SH "NAME"
sg \- execute command as different group ID
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 3
\fBsg\fR [\-] [group\ [\-c\ ]\ command]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBsg\fR
command works similar to
\fBnewgrp\fR
but accepts a command. The command will be executed with the
\fI/bin/sh\fR
shell. With most shells you may run
\fBsg\fR
from, you need to enclose multi\-word commands in quotes. Another difference between
\fBnewgrp\fR
and
\fBsg\fR
is that some shells treat
\fBnewgrp\fR
specially, replacing themselves with a new instance of a shell that
\fBnewgrp\fR
creates. This doesn't happen with
\fBsg\fR, so upon exit from a
\fBsg\fR
command you are returned to your previous group ID.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
secure user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/group\fR
group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR
shadow group file
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBid\fR(1),
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBnewgrp\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBgshadow\fR(5)
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

104
man/sg.1.xml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='sg.1'>
<!-- $Id: sg.1.xml,v 1.5 2005/10/01 14:48:05 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>SG</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv id='name'>
<refname>sg</refname>
<refpurpose>execute command as different group ID</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>sg</command>
<arg choice='opt'>- </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>group
<arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
command
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
The <command>sg</command> command works similar to
<command>newgrp</command> but accepts a command. The command will be
executed with the <filename>/bin/sh</filename> shell. With most shells
you may run <command>sg</command> from, you need to enclose multi-word
commands in quotes. Another difference between
<command>newgrp</command> and <command>sg</command> is that some
shells treat <command>newgrp</command> specially, replacing themselves
with a new instance of a shell that <command>newgrp</command> creates.
This doesn't happen with <command>sg</command>, so upon exit from a
<command>sg</command> command you are returned to your previous group
ID.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/gshadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

97
man/shadow.3
View File

@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SHADOW" "3" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "SHADOW" "3" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
.ad l
.SH "NAME"
shadow \- encrypted password file routines
shadow, getspnam \- encrypted password file routines
.SH "SYNTAX"
.PP
\fI#include <shadow.h>\fR
.PP
\fIstruct spwd *getspent();\fR
.PP
\fIstruct spwd *getspnam(char\fR \fI*name\fR\fI);\fR
\fIstruct spwd *getspnam(char\fR\fI*name\fR\fI);\fR
.PP
\fIvoid setspent();\fR
.PP
\fIvoid endspent();\fR
.PP
\fIstruct spwd *fgetspent(FILE\fR \fI*fp\fR\fI);\fR
\fIstruct spwd *fgetspent(FILE\fR\fI*fp\fR\fI);\fR
.PP
\fIstruct spwd *sgetspent(char\fR \fI*cp\fR\fI);\fR
\fIstruct spwd *sgetspent(char\fR\fI*cp\fR\fI);\fR
.PP
\fIint putspent(struct spwd\fR \fI*p,\fR \fIFILE\fR \fI*fp\fR\fI);\fR
\fIint putspent(struct spwd\fR\fI*p,\fR\fIFILE\fR\fI*fp\fR\fI);\fR
.PP
\fIint lckpwdf();\fR
.PP
\fIint ulckpwdf();\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fIshadow\fR
manipulates the contents of the shadow password file,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR. The structure in the
\fI#include\fR
\fIshadow\fR
manipulates the contents of the shadow password file,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR. The structure in the
\fI#include\fR
file is:
.sp
.nf
struct spwd {
char *sp_namp; /* user login name */
@@ -83,47 +83,48 @@ sp_expire \- days since Jan 1, 1970 when account will be disabled
sp_flag \- reserved for future use
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fIgetspent\fR,
\fIgetspname\fR \fIfgetspent\fR, and
\fIsgetspent\fR
each return a pointer to a
\fIstruct spwd\fR.
\fIgetspent\fR
returns the next entry from the file, and
\fIfgetspent\fR
returns the next entry from the given stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper format.
\fIsgetspent\fR
returns a pointer to a
\fIstruct spwd\fR
using the provided string as input.
\fIgetspnam\fR
searches from the current position in the file for an entry matching
\fIgetspent\fR,
\fIgetspname\fR,
\fIfgetspent\fR, and
\fIsgetspent\fR
each return a pointer to a
\fIstruct spwd\fR.
\fIgetspent\fR
returns the next entry from the file, and
\fIfgetspent\fR
returns the next entry from the given stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper format.
\fIsgetspent\fR
returns a pointer to a
\fIstruct spwd\fR
using the provided string as input.
\fIgetspnam\fR
searches from the current position in the file for an entry matching
\fIname\fR.
.PP
\fIsetspent\fR
and
\fIendspent\fR
\fIsetspent\fR
and
\fIendspent\fR
may be used to begin and end, respectively, access to the shadow password file.
.PP
The
\fIlckpwdf\fR
and
\fIulckpwdf\fR
routines should be used to insure exclusive access to the
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
file.
\fIlckpwdf\fR
attempts to acquire a lock using
\fIpw_lock\fR
for up to 15 seconds. It continues by attempting to acquire a second lock using
\fIspw_lock\fR
for the remainder of the initial 15 seconds. Should either attempt fail after a total of 15 seconds,
\fIlckpwdf\fR
The
\fIlckpwdf\fR
and
\fIulckpwdf\fR
routines should be used to insure exclusive access to the
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
file.
\fIlckpwdf\fR
attempts to acquire a lock using
\fIpw_lock\fR
for up to 15 seconds. It continues by attempting to acquire a second lock using
\fIspw_lock\fR
for the remainder of the initial 15 seconds. Should either attempt fail after a total of 15 seconds,
\fIlckpwdf\fR
returns \-1. When both locks are acquired 0 is returned.
.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
.PP
Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an error occurs during processing. Routines which have
\fIint\fR
Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an error occurs during processing. Routines which have
\fIint\fR
as the return value return 0 for success and \-1 for failure.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
@@ -134,8 +135,8 @@ These routines may only be used by the super user as access to the shadow passwo
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgetpwent\fR(3),
\fBshadow\fR(5)
\fBgetpwent\fR(3),
\fBshadow\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

185
man/shadow.3.xml
View File

@@ -2,60 +2,71 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='shadow.3'>
<!-- $Id: shadow.3.xml,v 1.10 2005/08/03 16:29:14 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: shadow.3.xml,v 1.17 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv id='name'>
<refname>shadow</refname>
<refname>getspnam</refname>
<refpurpose>encrypted password file routines</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
<title>SYNTAX</title>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>#include &lt;shadow.h&gt;</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>#include &lt;shadow.h&gt;</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *getspent();</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>struct spwd *getspent();</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *getspnam(char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*name</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>struct spwd *getspnam(char</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='I'>*name</emphasis><emphasis>);</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>void setspent();</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>void setspent();</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>void endspent();</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>void endspent();</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis>);</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd *sgetspent(char</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*cp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>struct spwd *sgetspent(char</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='I'>*cp</emphasis><emphasis>);</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>int putspent(struct spwd</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*p,</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='B'>FILE</emphasis>
<emphasis remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>);</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>int putspent(struct spwd</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='I'>*p,</emphasis> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='I'>*fp</emphasis><emphasis>);</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>int lckpwdf();</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>int lckpwdf();</emphasis>
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>int ulckpwdf();</emphasis>
<para>
<emphasis>int ulckpwdf();</emphasis>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> manipulates the contents of
the shadow password file, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>.
The structure in the <emphasis remap='I'>#include</emphasis> file is:
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> manipulates the contents of the
shadow password file, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The structure
in the <emphasis remap='I'>#include</emphasis> file is:
</para>
<programlisting>struct spwd {
char *sp_namp; /* user login name */
@@ -72,110 +83,116 @@
<para>The meanings of each field are:</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>sp_namp - pointer to null-terminated user name</para>
<para>sp_namp - pointer to null-terminated user name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_pwdp - pointer to null-terminated password</para>
<para>sp_pwdp - pointer to null-terminated password</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_lstchg - days since Jan 1, 1970 password was last changed</para>
<para>sp_lstchg - days since Jan 1, 1970 password was last changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_min - days before which password may not be changed</para>
<para>sp_min - days before which password may not be changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_max - days after which password must be changed</para>
<para>sp_max - days after which password must be changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_warn - days before password is to expire that user is warned of
<para>sp_warn - days before password is to expire that user is warned of
pending password expiration
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_inact - days after password expires that account is considered
inactive and disabled
<para>sp_inact - days after password expires that account is considered
inactive and disabled
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_expire - days since Jan 1, 1970 when account will be disabled</para>
<para>sp_expire - days since Jan 1, 1970 when account will be disabled</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>sp_flag - reserved for future use</para>
<para>sp_flag - reserved for future use</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='description2'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis
remap='B'>getspname</emphasis> <emphasis
remap='B'>fgetspent</emphasis>, and <emphasis
remap='B'>sgetspent</emphasis> each return a pointer to a <emphasis
remap='B'>struct spwd</emphasis>. <emphasis
remap='B'>getspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the file,
and <emphasis remap='B'>fgetspent</emphasis> returns the next entry
from the given stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper
format. <emphasis remap='B'>sgetspent</emphasis> returns a pointer to
a <emphasis remap='B'>struct spwd</emphasis> using the provided string
as input. <emphasis remap='B'>getspnam</emphasis> searches from the
current position in the file for an entry matching <emphasis
remap='B'>name</emphasis>.
<para>
<emphasis>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis>getspname</emphasis>,
<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis>
each return a pointer to a <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis>.
<emphasis>getspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the file,
and <emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the
given stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper format.
<emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> returns a pointer to a <emphasis>struct
spwd</emphasis> using the provided string as input.
<emphasis>getspnam</emphasis> searches from the current position in
the file for an entry matching <emphasis>name</emphasis>.
</para>
<para><emphasis remap='B'>setspent</emphasis> and <emphasis
remap='B'>endspent</emphasis> may be used to begin and end,
respectively, access to the shadow password file.
<para>
<emphasis>setspent</emphasis> and <emphasis>endspent</emphasis> may be
used to begin and end, respectively, access to the shadow password
file.
</para>
<para>The <emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> and <emphasis
remap='B'>ulckpwdf</emphasis> routines should be used to insure
exclusive access to the <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> file.
<emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> attempts to acquire a lock
using <emphasis remap='B'>pw_lock</emphasis> for up to 15 seconds. It
continues by attempting to acquire a second lock using <emphasis
remap='B'>spw_lock</emphasis> for the remainder of the initial 15
seconds. Should either attempt fail after a total of 15 seconds,
<emphasis remap='B'>lckpwdf</emphasis> returns -1. When both locks are
acquired 0 is returned.
<para>
The <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> and <emphasis>ulckpwdf</emphasis>
routines should be used to insure exclusive access to the
<filename>/etc/shadow</filename> file. <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis>
attempts to acquire a lock using <emphasis>pw_lock</emphasis> for up
to 15 seconds. It continues by attempting to acquire a second lock
using <emphasis>spw_lock</emphasis> for the remainder of the initial
15 seconds. Should either attempt fail after a total of 15 seconds,
<emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> returns -1. When both locks are acquired
0 is returned.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
<para>Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an
error occurs during processing. Routines which have <emphasis
remap='B'>int</emphasis> as the return value return 0 for success and
<para>
Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an error
occurs during processing. Routines which have <emphasis>int</emphasis>
as the return value return 0 for success and
-1 for failure.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>These routines may only be used by the super user as access to the
<para>
These routines may only be used by the super user as access to the
shadow password file is restricted.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getpwent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>getpwent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

32
man/shadow.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SHADOW" "5" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "SHADOW" "5" "10/01/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
shadow \- encrypted password file
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fIshadow\fR
\fIshadow\fR
contains the encrypted password information for user's accounts and optional the password aging information. Included is:
.TP 3
\(bu
@@ -43,15 +43,19 @@ a reserved field
.PP
The password field must be filled. The encrypted password consists of 13 to 24 characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, \\. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$" character. This means the encrypted password was generated using another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it means the MD5\-based algorithm was used.
.PP
Refer to
\fBcrypt\fR(3)
Refer to
\fBcrypt\fR(3)
for details on how this string is interpreted.
.PP
If the password field contains some string that is not valid result of
\fBcrypt\fR(3), for instance ! or *, the user will not be able to use a unix password to log in, subject to
\fBpam\fR(7).
.PP
The date of the last password change is given as the number of days since Jan 1, 1970. The password may not be changed again until the proper number of days have passed, and must be changed after the maximum number of days. If the minimum number of days required is greater than the maximum number of day allowed, this password may not be changed by the user.
.PP
An account is considered to be inactive and is disabled if the password is not changed within the specified number of days after the password expires. An account will also be disabled on the specified day regardless of other password expiration information.
.PP
This information supersedes any password or password age information present in
This information supersedes any password or password age information present in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR.
.PP
This file must not be readable by regular users if password security is to be maintained.
@@ -64,14 +68,14 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchage\fR(1),
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBpwconv\fR(8),
\fBpwunconv\fR(8),
\fBsulogin\fR(8)
\fBchage\fR(1),
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsu\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBpwconv\fR(8),
\fBpwunconv\fR(8),
\fBsulogin\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

125
man/shadow.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='shadow.5'>
<!-- $Id: shadow.5.xml,v 1.9 2005/06/16 17:27:33 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: shadow.5.xml,v 1.14 2005/10/01 12:31:21 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -11,125 +11,144 @@
<refname>shadow</refname>
<refpurpose>encrypted password file</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> contains the encrypted
password information for user's accounts
and optional the password aging information. Included is:
<para>
<emphasis remap='I'>shadow</emphasis> contains the encrypted password
information for user's accounts and optional the password aging
information. Included is:
</para>
<itemizedlist mark='bullet'>
<listitem>
<para>login name</para>
<para>login name</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>encrypted password</para>
<para>encrypted password</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days since Jan 1, 1970 that password was last changed</para>
<para>days since Jan 1, 1970 that password was last changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days before password may be changed</para>
<para>days before password may be changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days after which password must be changed</para>
<para>days after which password must be changed</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days before password is to expire that user is warned</para>
<para>days before password is to expire that user is warned</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days after password expires that account is disabled</para>
<para>days after password expires that account is disabled</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>days since Jan 1, 1970 that account is disabled</para>
<para>days since Jan 1, 1970 that account is disabled</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>a reserved field</para>
<para>a reserved field</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>The password field must be filled. The encrypted password consists
of 13 to 24 characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru z, A
thru Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$"
character. This means the encrypted password was generated using
another (not DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it
means the MD5-based algorithm was used.
</para>
<para>
Refer to
The password field must be filled. The encrypted password consists of
13 to 24 characters from the 64 characters alphabet a thru z, A thru
Z, 0 thru 9, \. and /. Optionally it can start with a "$" character.
This means the encrypted password was generated using another (not
DES) algorithm. For example if it starts with "$1$" it means the
MD5-based algorithm was used.
</para>
<para>
Refer to
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
for details on how this string is interpreted.
</para>
<para>The date of the last password change is given as the number of
days since Jan 1, 1970. The password may not be changed again until
the proper number of days have passed, and must be changed after the
<para>
If the password field contains some string that is not valid result
of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, for instance ! or *, the
user will not be able to use a unix password to log in, subject to
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
</para>
<para>
The date of the last password change is given as the number of days
since Jan 1, 1970. The password may not be changed again until the
proper number of days have passed, and must be changed after the
maximum number of days. If the minimum number of days required is
greater than the maximum number of day allowed, this password may not
be changed by the user.
</para>
<para>An account is considered to be inactive and is disabled if the
<para>
An account is considered to be inactive and is disabled if the
password is not changed within the specified number of days after the
password expires. An account will also be disabled on the specified
day regardless of other password expiration information.
</para>
<para>This information supersedes any password or password age
information present in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
<para>
This information supersedes any password or password age information
present in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
</para>
<para>This file must not be readable by regular users if password
security is to be maintained.
<para>
This file must not be readable by regular users if password security
is to be maintained.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

56
man/su.1
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SU" "1" "08/03/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.TH "SU" "1" "10/01/2005" "User Commands" "User Commands"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,39 +14,39 @@ su \- change user ID or become super\-user
\fBsu\fR [\-] [\fIusername\fR\ [\ \fIargs\fR\ ]]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBsu\fR
is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username,
\fBsu\fR
defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument
\fB\-\fR
\fBsu\fR
is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username,
\fBsu\fR
defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument
\fB\-\fR
may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
.PP
Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which case they are supplied to the user\(aas login shell. In particular, an argument of
\fB\-c\fR
will cause the next argument to be treated as a command by most command interpreters. The command will be executed by the shell specified in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which case they are supplied to the user\(aas login shell. In particular, an argument of
\fB\-c\fR
will cause the next argument to be treated as a command by most command interpreters. The command will be executed by the shell specified in
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
for the target user.
.PP
The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system.
.PP
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of
\fI$PATH\fR
is reset to
\fI/bin:/usr/bin\fR
for normal users, or
\fI/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR
for the super user. This may be changed with the
\fIENV_PATH\fR
and
\fIENV_SUPATH\fR
definitions in
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of
\fI$PATH\fR
is reset to
\fI/bin:/usr/bin\fR
for normal users, or
\fI/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR
for the super user. This may be changed with the
\fIENV_PATH\fR
and
\fIENV_SUPATH\fR
definitions in
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR.
.PP
A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new file system which the user is actually logged into.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
This version of
\fBsu\fR
This version of
\fBsu\fR
has many compilation options, only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBsuauth\fR(5)
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBsuauth\fR(5).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>

81
man/su.1.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='su.1'>
<!-- $Id: su.1.xml,v 1.10 2005/07/10 20:00:21 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: su.1.xml,v 1.15 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
@@ -17,54 +17,57 @@
<command>su</command>
<arg choice='opt'>- </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>username</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>args</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>username</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>args</replaceable>
</arg>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>su</command> is used to become another user during a login
<para>
<command>su</command> is used to become another user during a login
session. Invoked without a username, <command>su</command> defaults to
becoming the super user. The optional argument <option>-</option> may
be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would
expect had the user logged in directly.
</para>
<para>Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which
case they are supplied to the user&acute;s login shell. In particular,
an argument of <option>-c</option> will cause the next argument to be
<para>
Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which case
they are supplied to the user&acute;s login shell. In particular, an
argument of <option>-c</option> will cause the next argument to be
treated as a command by most command interpreters. The command will be
executed by the shell specified in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
for the target user.
</para>
<para>The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid
passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and
invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system.
</para>
<para>The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of
<emphasis remap='B'>$PATH</emphasis> is reset to
<para>
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of
<emphasis>$PATH</emphasis> is reset to
<filename>/bin:/usr/bin</filename> for normal users, or
<filename>/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin</filename> for the super user.
This may be changed with the <emphasis remap='B'>ENV_PATH</emphasis>
and <emphasis remap='B'>ENV_SUPATH</emphasis> definitions in
This may be changed with the <emphasis>ENV_PATH</emphasis> and
<emphasis>ENV_SUPATH</emphasis> definitions in
<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>.
</para>
<para>A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the
first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be
used as the root of a new file system which the user is actually logged
into.
<para>
A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as the first
character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as
the root of a new file system which the user is actually logged into.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>
@@ -72,38 +75,42 @@
only some of which may be in use at any particular site.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>suauth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>suauth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh &lt;jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com&gt;</para>

54
man/suauth.5
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SUAUTH" "5" "08/03/2005" "Feb 14, 1996" "Feb 14, 1996"
.TH "SUAUTH" "5" "10/01/2005" "Feb 14, 1996" "Feb 14, 1996"
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -14,39 +14,38 @@ suauth \- Detailed su control file
\fB/etc/suauth\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The file
\fI/etc/suauth\fR
is referenced whenever the su command is called. It can change the behaviour of the su command, based upon
The file
\fI/etc/suauth\fR
is referenced whenever the su command is called. It can change the behaviour of the su command, based upon:
.sp
.nf
1) the user su is targetting
.fi
.sp
.PP
2) the user executing the su command (or any groups he might be a member of)
.PP
The file is formatted like this, with lines starting with a # being treated as comment lines and ignored;
.sp
.nf
to\-id:from\-id:ACTION
.fi
.PP
Where to\-id is either the word
\fIALL\fR, a list of usernames delimited by "," or the words
\fIALL EXCEPT\fR
Where to\-id is either the word
\fIALL\fR, a list of usernames delimited by "," or the words
\fIALL EXCEPT\fR
followed by a list of usernames delimited by ","
.PP
from\-id is formatted the same as to\-id except the extra word
\fIGROUP\fR
is recognised.
\fIALL EXCEPT GROUP\fR
is perfectly valid too. Following
\fIGROUP\fR
appears one or more group names, delimited by ",". It is not sufficient to have primary group id of the relevant group, an entry in
\fB/etc/group\fR(5)
from\-id is formatted the same as to\-id except the extra word
\fIGROUP\fR
is recognised.
\fIALL EXCEPT GROUP\fR
is perfectly valid too. Following
\fIGROUP\fR
appears one or more group names, delimited by ",". It is not sufficient to have primary group id of the relevant group, an entry in
\fB/etc/group\fR(5)
is neccessary.
.PP
Action can be one only of the following currently supported options.
@@ -62,16 +61,15 @@ For the su command to be successful, the user must enter his or her own password
.PP
Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No whitespace must surround this colon. Also note that the file is examined sequentially line by line, and the first applicable rule is used without examining the file further. This makes it possible for a system administrator to exercise as fine control as he or she wishes.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.sp
.nf
# sample /etc/suauth file
#
# A couple of privileged usernames may
# su to root with their own password.
#
root:chris,birddog:OWNPASS
#
#
# Anyone else may not su to root unless in
# group wheel. This is how BSD does things.
#
@@ -87,6 +85,7 @@ Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No whitespace must su
#
.fi
.sp
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/suauth\fR
@@ -95,16 +94,15 @@ Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No whitespace must su
There could be plenty lurking. The file parser is particularly unforgiving about syntax errors, expecting no spurious whitespace (apart from beginning and end of lines), and a specific token delimiting different things.
.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
.PP
An error parsing the file is reported using
\fBsyslogd\fR(8)
An error parsing the file is reported using
\fBsyslogd\fR(8)
as level ERR on facility AUTH.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBsu\fR(1)
\fBsu\fR(1).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.sp
.nf
Chris Evans (lady0110@sable.ox.ac.uk)
Lady Margaret Hall
Oxford University

178
man/suauth.5.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='suauth.5'>
<!-- $Id: suauth.5.xml,v 1.6 2005/06/15 12:39:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: suauth.5.xml,v 1.12 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>suauth</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
@@ -15,109 +15,101 @@
<!-- body begins here -->
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>/etc/suauth</command>
<command>/etc/suauth</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>The file <filename>/etc/suauth</filename> is referenced
whenever the su command is called. It can change the behaviour of the
su command, based upon
<para>
The file <filename>/etc/suauth</filename> is referenced whenever the
su command is called. It can change the behaviour of the su command,
based upon:
</para>
<!-- .RS -->
<literallayout remap='.nf'>
1) the user su is targetting
</literallayout>
<!-- .fi -->
<para>2) the user executing the su command (or any groups he might be
<para>
2) the user executing the su command (or any groups he might be
a member of)
</para>
<!-- .RE -->
<para>The file is formatted like this, with lines starting with a #
being treated as comment lines and ignored;
<para>
The file is formatted like this, with lines starting with a # being
treated as comment lines and ignored;
</para>
<!-- .RS -->
<literallayout remap='RS'>
to-id:from-id:ACTION
</literallayout>
<!-- remap='RE' -->
<para>Where to-id is either the word
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL</emphasis>,
a list of usernames
delimited by "," or the words
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL EXCEPT</emphasis>
followed by a list
of usernames delimited by ","
<para>
Where to-id is either the word <emphasis>ALL</emphasis>, a list of
usernames delimited by "," or the words <emphasis>ALL
EXCEPT</emphasis> followed by a list of usernames delimited by ","
</para>
<para>from-id is formatted the same as to-id except the extra word
<emphasis remap='B'>GROUP</emphasis>
is recognised.
<emphasis remap='B'>ALL EXCEPT GROUP</emphasis>
is perfectly valid too.
Following
<emphasis remap='B'>GROUP</emphasis>
appears one or more group names, delimited by
",". It is not sufficient to have primary group id of the
relevant group, an entry in
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>/etc/group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
is neccessary.
<para>
from-id is formatted the same as to-id except the extra word
<emphasis>GROUP</emphasis> is recognised. <emphasis>ALL EXCEPT
GROUP</emphasis> is perfectly valid too. Following
<emphasis>GROUP</emphasis> appears one or more group names, delimited
by ",". It is not sufficient to have primary group id of the relevant
group, an entry in
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>/etc/group</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> is neccessary.
</para>
<para>Action can be one only of the following currently supported
options.
<para>
Action can be one only of the following currently supported options.
</para>
<variablelist remap='TP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>DENY</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The attempt to su is stopped before a password is
even asked for.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>DENY</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The attempt to su is stopped before a password is
even asked for.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>NOPASS</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The attempt to su is automatically successful; no
password is
asked for.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>NOPASS</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The attempt to su is automatically successful; no password is
asked for.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<emphasis remap='B'>OWNPASS</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>For the su command to be successful, the user must
enter
his or her own password. They are told this.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<emphasis>OWNPASS</emphasis>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
For the su command to be successful, the user must enter his or
her own password. They are told this.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No
whitespace must surround this colon. Also note that the file
is examined sequentially line by line, and the first applicable
rule is used without examining the file further. This makes it
possible for a system administrator to exercise as fine control
as he or she wishes.
<para>
Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No
whitespace must surround this colon. Also note that the file is
examined sequentially line by line, and the first applicable rule is
used without examining the file further. This makes it possible for a
system administrator to exercise as fine control as he or she wishes.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='example'>
<title>EXAMPLE</title>
<literallayout remap='.nf'>
@@ -127,7 +119,7 @@
# su to root with their own password.
#
root:chris,birddog:OWNPASS
#
#
# Anyone else may not su to root unless in
# group wheel. This is how BSD does things.
#
@@ -144,45 +136,45 @@
</literallayout>
<!-- .fi -->
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/suauth</filename></term>
<listitem></listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/suauth</filename></term>
<listitem><para></para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='bugs'>
<title>BUGS</title>
<para>There could be plenty lurking. The file parser is particularly
<para>
There could be plenty lurking. The file parser is particularly
unforgiving about syntax errors, expecting no spurious whitespace
(apart from beginning and end of lines), and a specific token
delimiting different things.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='diagnostics'>
<title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
<para>An error parsing the file is reported using
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
as level ERR on
facility AUTH.
<para>
An error parsing the file is reported using
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
as level ERR on facility AUTH.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<literallayout remap='.nf'>

46
man/sulogin.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "SULOGIN" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "SULOGIN" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
sulogin \- Single\-user login
.SH "SYNTAX"
.PP
\fBsulogin\fR
\fBsulogin\fR
[\fItty\-device\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBsulogin\fR
is invoked by
\fBinit\fR
prior to allowing the user access to the system when in single user mode. This feature may only be available on certain systems where
\fBinit\fR
has been modified accordingly, or where the
\fI/etc/inittab\fR
\fBsulogin\fR
is invoked by
\fBinit\fR
prior to allowing the user access to the system when in single user mode. This feature may only be available on certain systems where
\fBinit\fR
has been modified accordingly, or where the
\fI/etc/inittab\fR
has an entry for a single user login.
.PP
The user is prompted
@@ -30,21 +30,21 @@ Type control\-d to proceed with normal startup,(or give root password for system
.PP
Input and output will be performed with the standard file descriptors unless the optional device name argument is provided.
.PP
If the user enters the correct root password, a login session is initiated. When
\fIEOF\fR
If the user enters the correct root password, a login session is initiated. When
\fIEOF\fR
is pressed instead, the system enters multi\-user mode.
.PP
After the user exits the single\-user shell, or presses
After the user exits the single\-user shell, or presses
\fIEOF\fR, the system begins the initialization process required to enter multi\-user mode.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
This command can only be used if
\fBinit\fR
has been modified to call
\fBsulogin\fR
instead of
\fI/bin/sh\fR, or if the user has set the
\fIinittab\fR
This command can only be used if
\fBinit\fR
has been modified to call
\fBsulogin\fR
instead of
\fI/bin/sh\fR, or if the user has set the
\fIinittab\fR
to support a single user login. For example, the line:
.PP
co:s:respawn:/etc/sulogin /dev/console
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBinit\fR(8)
\fBlogin\fR(1),
\fBsh\fR(1),
\fBinit\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

86
man/sulogin.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='sulogin.8'>
<!-- $Id: sulogin.8.xml,v 1.8 2005/08/03 16:29:14 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: sulogin.8.xml,v 1.13 2005/10/01 15:01:45 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -11,47 +11,49 @@
<refname>sulogin</refname>
<refpurpose>Single-user login</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1 id='syntax'>
<title>SYNTAX</title>
<para><command>sulogin</command> [<emphasis remap='I'>tty-device</emphasis>]
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>sulogin</command> is invoked by <command>init</command> prior
to allowing the user access to the system when in single user mode.
<para>
<command>sulogin</command> is invoked by <command>init</command> prior
to allowing the user access to the system when in single user mode.
This feature may only be available on certain systems where
<command>init</command> has been modified accordingly, or where the
<filename>/etc/inittab</filename> has an entry for a single user
login.
</para>
<para>The user is prompted</para>
<para>Type control-d to proceed with normal startup,
<!-- .br -->
(or give root password for system maintenance):
</para>
<para>Input and output will be performed with the standard file
descriptors unless
the optional device name argument is provided.
<para>
Input and output will be performed with the standard file descriptors
unless the optional device name argument is provided.
</para>
<para>If the user enters the correct root password, a login session is
initiated.
When <emphasis remap='B'>EOF</emphasis> is pressed instead, the
<para>
If the user enters the correct root password, a login session is
initiated. When <emphasis>EOF</emphasis> is pressed instead, the
system enters multi-user mode.
</para>
<para>After the user exits the single-user shell, or presses <emphasis
remap='B'>EOF</emphasis>, the system begins the initialization process
<para>
After the user exits the single-user shell, or presses
<emphasis>EOF</emphasis>, the system begins the initialization process
required to enter multi-user mode.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>
@@ -61,49 +63,51 @@
remap='I'>inittab</emphasis> to support a single user login. For
example, the line:
</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para>co:s:respawn:/etc/sulogin /dev/console</para>
<!-- .br -->
<para>should execute the sulogin command in single user mode.</para>
<para>As complete an environment as possible is created. However,
various devices
may be unmounted or uninitialized and many of the user commands may
be
unavailable or nonfunctional as a result.
<para>
As complete an environment as possible is created. However, various
devices may be unmounted or uninitialized and many of the user
commands may be unavailable or nonfunctional as a result.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

166
man/useradd.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "USERADD" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "USERADD" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -17,140 +17,143 @@ useradd \- Create a new user or update default new user information
.HP 8
\fBuseradd\fR \-D [\fIoptions\fR]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.SS "Creating New Users"
.PP
When invoked without the
\fB\-D\fR
option, the
\fBuseradd\fR
When invoked without the
\fB\-D\fR
option, the
\fBuseradd\fR
command creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. Depending on command line options, the useradd command will update system files and may also create the new user's home directory and copy initial files.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBuseradd\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBuseradd\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-comment\fR \fICOMMENT\fR
Any text string. It is generally a short description of the login, and is currently used as the field for the user's full name.
.TP
\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-base\-dir\fR \fIBASE_DIR\fR
The default base directory for the system if
\fB\-d\fR
dir is not specified.
\fIBASE_DIR\fR
is concatenated with the account name to define the home directory. If the
\fB\-m\fR
The default base directory for the system if
\fB\-d\fR
dir is not specified.
\fIBASE_DIR\fR
is concatenated with the account name to define the home directory. If the
\fB\-m\fR
option is not used, base_dir must exist.
.TP
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-home\fR \fIHOME_DIR\fR
The new user will be created using
\fIHOME_DIR\fR
as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the
\fILOGIN\fR
name to
\fIBASE_DIR\fR
The new user will be created using
\fIHOME_DIR\fR
as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the
\fILOGIN\fR
name to
\fIBASE_DIR\fR
and use that as the login directory name.
.TP
\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-expiredate\fR \fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the format
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the format
\fIYYYY\-MM\-DD\fR.
.TP
\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-inactive\fR \fIINACTIVE\fR
The number of days after a password expires until the account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of \-1 disables the feature. The default value is \-1.
.TP
\fB\-g\fR, \fB\-\-gid\fR \fIGROUP\fR
The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. The default group number is 1 or whatever is specified in
The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. The default group number is 1 or whatever is specified in
\fI/etc/default/useradd\fR.
.TP
\fB\-G\fR, \fB\-\-groups\fR \fIGROUP1\fR[\fI,GROUP2,...\fR[\fI,GROUPN\fR]]]
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the
\fB\-g\fR
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the
\fB\-g\fR
option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
Display help message and exit.
.TP
\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-create\-home\fR
The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in
\fIskeleton_dir\fR
will be copied to the home directory if the
\fB\-k\fR
option is used, otherwise the files contained in
\fI/etc/skel\fR
will be used instead. Any directories contained in
\fI skeleton_dir\fR
or
\fI/etc/skel\fR
will be created in the user's home directory as well. The
\fB\-k\fR
option is only valid in conjunction with the
\fB\-m\fR
The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in
\fISKEL_DIR\fR
will be copied to the home directory if the
\fB\-k\fR
option is used, otherwise the files contained in
\fI/etc/skel\fR
will be used instead. Any directories contained in
\fISKEL_DIR\fR
or
\fI/etc/skel\fR
will be created in the user's home directory as well. The
\fB\-k\fR
option is only valid in conjunction with the
\fB\-m\fR
option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
.TP
\fB\-K\fR, \fB\-\-key\fR \fIKEY\fR=\fIVALUE\fR
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (UID_MIN, UID_MAX, UMASK, PASS_MAX_DAYS and others). For example:
\fB\-K\fR \fIPASS_MAX_DAYS\fR=\fI\-1\fR
can be used when creating system account to turn off password ageing, even though system account has no password at all. Multiple
\fB\-K\fR
options can be specified, e.g.:
\fB\-K\fR \fIUID_MIN\fR=\fI100\fR \fB\-K\fR \fIUID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (UID_MIN, UID_MAX, UMASK, PASS_MAX_DAYS and others).
Note:
\fB\-K\fR \fIUID_MIN\fR=\fI10\fR,\fIUID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
Example:
\fB\-K \fR\fIPASS_MAX_DAYS\fR=\fI\-1\fR
can be used when creating system account to turn off password ageing, even though system account has no password at all. Multiple
\fB\-K\fR
options can be specified, e.g.:
\fB\-K \fR\fIUID_MIN\fR=\fI100\fR\fB \-K \fR\fIUID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
.sp
Note:
\fB\-K \fR\fIUID_MIN\fR=\fI10\fR,\fIUID_MAX\fR=\fI499\fR
doesn't work yet.
.TP
\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-non\-unique\fR
Allow create user account with duplicate (non\-unique) UID.
.TP
\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-password\fR \fIPASSWORD\fR
The encrypted password, as returned by
The encrypted password, as returned by
\fBcrypt\fR(3). The default is to disable the account.
.TP
\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-shell\fR \fISHELL\fR
The name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
.TP
\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-uid\fR \fIUID\fR
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
option is used. The value must be non\-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID value greater than 999 and greater than every other user. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system accounts.
.SS "Changing the default values"
.PP
When invoked with the
\fB\-D\fR
option,
\fBuseradd\fR
When invoked with the
\fB\-D\fR
option,
\fBuseradd\fR
will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. The valid options are
.TP
\fB\-b\fR \fIhome_dir\fR
The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of
\fIhome\fR
to create the new directory name if the
\fB\-d\fR
\fB\-b\fR \fIHOME_DIR\fR
The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of
\fIHOME_DIR\fR
to create the new directory name if the
\fB\-d\fR
option is not used when creating a new account.
.TP
\fB\-e\fR \fIexpire_date\fR
\fB\-e\fR \fIEXPIRE_DATE\fR
The date on which the user account is disabled.
.TP
\fB\-f\fR \fIinactive\fR
\fB\-f\fR \fIINACTIVE\fR
The number of days after a password has expired before the account will be disabled.
.TP
\fB\-g\fR, \fB\-\-gid\fR \fIGROUP\fR
The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry .
The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry.
.TP
\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-shell\fR \fISHELL\fR
The name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
.PP
If no options are specified,
\fBuseradd\fR
If no options are specified,
\fBuseradd\fR
displays the current default values.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
The system administrator is responsible for placing the default user files in the
\fI/etc/skel/\fR
The system administrator is responsible for placing the default user files in the
\fI/etc/skel/\fR
directory.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
You may not add a user to a NIS group. This must be performed on the NIS server.
.PP
Usernames must begin with a lower case letter or an underscore, and only lower case letters, underscores, dashes, and dollar signs may follow. In regular expression terms: [a\-z_][a\-z0\-9_\-]*[$]
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
@@ -167,11 +170,14 @@ default information
.TP
\fI/etc/skel/\fR
directory containing default files
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBuseadd\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBuseradd\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -186,7 +192,8 @@ invalid command syntax
invalid argument to option
.TP
\fI4\fR
uid already in use (and no \-o)
uid already in use (and no
\fB\-o\fR)
.TP
\fI6\fR
specified group doesn't exist
@@ -204,15 +211,16 @@ can't create home directory
can't create mail spool
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBcrypt\fR(3),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBcrypt\fR(3),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBuserdel\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

606
man/useradd.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='useradd.8'>
<!-- $Id: useradd.8.xml,v 1.14 2005/08/10 07:43:51 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: useradd.8.xml,v 1.24 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -13,139 +13,141 @@
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>useradd</command>
<command>useradd</command>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
</arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>useradd</command>
<command>useradd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>useradd</command>
<command>useradd</command>
<arg choice='plain'>-D </arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<refsect2 id='creating_new_users'>
<title>Creating New Users</title>
<para>
When invoked without the <option>-D</option> option, the
<command>useradd</command> command creates a new user account using
the values specified on the command line and the default values from
the system. Depending on command line options, the useradd command
will update system files and may also create the new user's home
directory and copy initial files.
When invoked without the <option>-D</option> option, the
<command>useradd</command> command creates a new user account using
the values specified on the command line and the default values from
the system. Depending on command line options, the useradd command
will update system files and may also create the new user's home
directory and copy initial files.
</para>
</refsect2>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>The options which apply to the <command>useradd</command> command are:
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-c</option>, <option>--comment</option>
<term>
<option>-c</option>, <option>--comment</option>
<replaceable>COMMENT</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Any text string. It is generally a short description of the
login, and is currently used as the field for the user's full
name.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-b</option>, <option>--base-dir</option>
<term>
<option>-b</option>, <option>--base-dir</option>
<replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The default base directory for the system if
<option>-d</option> dir is not specified.
<replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> is concatenated with the
account name to define the home directory. If the
<option>-m</option> option is not used, base_dir must exist.
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The default base directory for the system if <option>-d</option>
dir is not specified. <replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> is
concatenated with the account name to define the home directory.
If the <option>-m</option> option is not used, base_dir must
exist.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-d</option>, <option>--home</option>
<term>
<option>-d</option>, <option>--home</option>
<replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The new user will be created using <emphasis remap='I'>HOME_DIR</emphasis>
as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append
the <emphasis remap='I'>LOGIN</emphasis> name to
<emphasis remap='I'>BASE_DIR</emphasis> and use that as the login directory name.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-e</option>, <option>--expiredate</option>
<replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The date on which the user account will be disabled. The
date is specified in the format <emphasis
remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD</emphasis>.
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The new user will be created using
<replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable> as the value for the user's
login directory. The default is to append the
<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> name to
<replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> and use that as the login
directory name.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option>, <option>--inactive</option>
<term>
<option>-e</option>, <option>--expiredate</option>
<replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is
specified in the format <emphasis remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option>, <option>--inactive</option>
<replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The number of days after a password expires until the
account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the
account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1
disables the feature. The default value is -1.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The number of days after a password expires until the account is
permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon
as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the
feature. The default value is -1.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option>
<term>
<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option>
<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The group name or number of the user's initial login group.
The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an
already existing group. The default group number is 1 or
whatever is specified in
<filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The
group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already
existing group. The default group number is 1 or whatever is
specified in <filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-G</option>, <option>--groups</option>
<term>
<option>-G</option>, <option>--groups</option>
<replaceable>GROUP1</replaceable>[<emphasis remap='I'>,GROUP2,...</emphasis>[<emphasis remap='I'>,GROUPN</emphasis>]]]
</term>
<listitem>
<para>A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a
member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma,
with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the
same restrictions as the group given with the
<option>-g</option> option. The default is for the user to
belong only to the initial group.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member
of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no
intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same
restrictions as the group given with the <option>-g</option>
option. The default is for the user to belong only to the
initial group.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option></term>
@@ -154,253 +156,305 @@
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--create-home</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The user's home directory will be created if it does not
exist. The files contained in <emphasis
remap='I'>skeleton_dir</emphasis> will be copied to the home
directory if the <option>-k</option> option is used, otherwise
the files contained in <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be
used instead. Any directories contained in <emphasis remap='I'>
skeleton_dir</emphasis> or <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will
be created in the user's home directory as well. The
<option>-k</option> option is only valid in conjunction with the
<option>-m</option> option. The default is to not create the
directory and to not copy any files.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-m</option>, <option>--create-home</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist.
The files contained in <replaceable>SKEL_DIR</replaceable> will
be copied to the home directory if the <option>-k</option>
option is used, otherwise the files contained in
<filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be used instead. Any
directories contained in <replaceable>SKEL_DIR</replaceable> or
<filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be created in the user's
home directory as well. The <option>-k</option> option is only
valid in conjunction with the <option>-m</option> option. The
default is to not create the directory and to not copy any
files.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-K</option>, <option>--key</option>
<term>
<option>-K</option>, <option>--key</option>
<replaceable>KEY</replaceable>=<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (UID_MIN, UID_MAX, UMASK, PASS_MAX_DAYS and
others). For example: <option>-K</option>
<replaceable>PASS_MAX_DAYS</replaceable>=<replaceable>-1</replaceable> can be
used when creating system account to turn off password ageing, even though
system account has no password at all. Multiple <option>-K</option> options can
be specified, e.g.: <option>-K</option>
Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (UID_MIN, UID_MAX, UMASK,
PASS_MAX_DAYS and others).
<para>
</para>
Example: <option>-K </option><replaceable>PASS_MAX_DAYS</replaceable>=<replaceable>-1</replaceable>
can be used when creating system account to turn off password
ageing, even though system account has no password at all.
Multiple <option>-K</option> options can be specified, e.g.:
<option>-K </option>
<replaceable>UID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>100</replaceable>
<option>-K</option> <replaceable>UID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
<option> -K </option>
<replaceable>UID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
</para>
<para>
Note: <option>-K</option>
Note: <option>-K </option>
<replaceable>UID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>10</replaceable>,<replaceable>UID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>
doesn't work yet.
</para>
</listitem>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-o</option>, <option>--non-unique</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Allow create user account with duplicate (non-unique) UID.</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-o</option>, <option>--non-unique</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Allow create user account with duplicate (non-unique) UID.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-p</option>, <option>--password</option>
<term>
<option>-p</option>, <option>--password</option>
<replaceable>PASSWORD</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>. The default is to disable the account.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>. The default is to disable the account.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-s</option>, <option>--shell</option>
<term>
<option>-s</option>, <option>--shell</option>
<replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The name of the user's login shell. The default is to
leave this field
blank, which causes the system to select the default
login shell.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this
field blank, which causes the system to select the default login
shell.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--uid</option>
<term>
<option>-u</option>, <option>--uid</option>
<replaceable>UID</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
value greater than 999 and greater than every other user.
Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system
accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique,
unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value must be
non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID value
greater than 999 and greater than every other user. Values
between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<refsect2 id='changing_the_default_values'>
<title>Changing the default values</title>
<para>
When invoked with the <option>-D</option> option,
<command>useradd</command> will either display the current default
values, or update the default values from the command line. The
valid options are
When invoked with the <option>-D</option> option,
<command>useradd</command> will either display the current default
values, or update the default values from the command line. The
valid options are
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-b</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory.
The user's name will be affixed to the end of <emphasis
remap='I'>home</emphasis> to create the new directory name if
the <option>-d</option> option is not used when creating a new
account.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The date on which the user account is disabled.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The number of days after a password has expired before the
account will be disabled.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-b</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The
user's name will be affixed to the end of
<replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable> to create the new
directory name if the <option>-d</option> option is not used
when creating a new account.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The date on which the user account is disabled.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The number of days after a password has expired before the
account will be disabled.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option>
<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The
named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an
existing entry .
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-s</option>, <option>--shell</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named
group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an
existing entry.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-s</option>, <option>--shell</option>
<replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The name of the new user's login shell. The named program
will be used for all future new user accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the new user's login shell. The named program will
be used for all future new user accounts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>If no options are specified, <command>useradd</command>
displays the current default values.
<para>
If no options are specified, <command>useradd</command> displays the
current default values.
</para>
</refsect2>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='notes'>
<title>NOTES</title>
<para>The system administrator is responsible for placing the default
user files in the <filename>/etc/skel/</filename> directory.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para>You may not add a user to a NIS group. This must be performed on
the NIS server.
<para>
You may not add a user to a NIS group. This must be performed on the
NIS server.
</para>
<para>
Usernames must begin with a lower case letter or an underscore, and
only lower case letters, underscores, dashes, and dollar signs may
follow. In regular expression terms: [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename></term>
<listitem>default information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>default information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/skel/</filename></term>
<listitem>directory containing default files</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/skel/</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>directory containing default files</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>useadd</command> command exits with the following values:
The <command>useradd</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update password file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update password file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid argument to option</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>3</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid argument to option</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>uid already in use (and no -o)</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>4</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>uid already in use (and no <option>-o</option>)</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>specified group doesn't exist</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>specified group doesn't exist</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>username already in use</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>9</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>username already in use</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>12</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't create home directory</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>12</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't create home directory</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>13</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't create mail spool</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>13</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't create mail spool</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
@@ -408,36 +462,40 @@
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

48
man/userdel.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "USERDEL" "8" "08/03/2005" "" ""
.TH "USERDEL" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
userdel \- Delete a user account and related files
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 8
\fBuserdel\fR [\-r] \fIlogin\fR
\fBuserdel\fR [\-r] \fIlogin_name\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBuserdel\fR
command modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to
\fIlogin\fR. The named user must exist.
The
\fBuserdel\fR
command modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to
\fIlogin_name\fR. The named user must exist.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBuserdel\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBuserdel\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-r\fR
@@ -31,6 +31,9 @@ Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home directory
\fI/etc/group\fR
group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
@@ -38,9 +41,9 @@ user account information
secure user account information
.SH "EXIT VALUES"
.PP
The
\fBuserdel\fR
command exits with the following values:
The
\fBuserdel\fR
command exits with the following values:
.TP
\fI0\fR
success
@@ -64,19 +67,20 @@ can't update group file
can't remove home directory
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
\fBuserdel\fR
\fBuserdel\fR
will not allow you to remove an account if the user is currently logged in. You must kill any running processes which belong to an account that you are deleting. You may not remove any NIS attributes on a NIS client. This must be performed on the NIS server.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8)
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBusermod\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)

149
man/userdel.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='userdel.8'>
<!-- $Id: userdel.8.xml,v 1.9 2005/08/10 07:45:10 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: userdel.8.xml,v 1.15 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>USERDEL</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -13,23 +13,23 @@
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>userdel</command>
<command>userdel</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>
<replaceable>login</replaceable>
<replaceable>login_name</replaceable>
</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
The <command>userdel</command> command modifies the system account
files, deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis
remap='I'>login</emphasis>. The named user must exist.
remap='I'>login_name</emphasis>. The named user must exist.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -37,117 +37,148 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Files in the user's home directory will be removed along
with the home directory itself and the user's mail spool. Files
located in other file systems will have to be searched for and
deleted manually.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-r</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with
the home directory itself and the user's mail spool. Files
located in other file systems will have to be searched for and
deleted manually.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='exit_values'>
<title>EXIT VALUES</title>
<para>
The <command>userdel</command> command exits with the following values:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>success</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>0</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>success</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update password file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>1</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update password file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>invalid command syntax</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>2</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>invalid command syntax</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>specified user doesn't exist</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>6</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>specified user doesn't exist</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>8</replaceable></term>
<listitem>user currently logged in</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>8</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>user currently logged in</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't update group file</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>10</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't update group file</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>12</replaceable></term>
<listitem>can't remove home directory</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term><replaceable>12</replaceable></term>
<listitem>
<para>can't remove home directory</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para><command>userdel</command> will not allow you to remove an account if
<para>
<command>userdel</command> will not allow you to remove an account if
the user is currently logged in. You must kill any running processes
which belong to an account that you are deleting. You may not remove
any NIS attributes on a NIS client. This must be performed on the NIS
server.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

99
man/usermod.8
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "USERMOD" "8" "08/09/2005" "" ""
.TH "USERMOD" "8" "09/30/2005" "" ""
.\" disable hyphenation
.nh
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
@@ -11,29 +11,30 @@
usermod \- Modify a user account
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 8
\fBusermod\fR [\-c\ \fIcomment\fR] [\-d\ \fIhome_dir\fR\ [\-m\ ]] [\-e\ \fIexpire_date\fR] [\-f\ \fIinactive_days\fR] [\-g\ \fIinitial_group\fR] [\-G\ \fIgroup1\fR\ [\ \fI,group2,\fR...\ \fI,\fR\ [\fIgroupN\fR]\ [\-a]\ ]] [\-l\ \fIlogin_name\fR] [\-p\ \fIpasswd\fR] [\-s\ \fIshell\fR] [\-u\ \fIuid\fR\ [\-o\ ]] [\-L \-U] \fIlogin\fR
\fBusermod\fR [\-c\ \fIcomment\fR] [\-d\ \fIhome_dir\fR\ [\-m\ ]] [\-e\ \fIexpire_date\fR] [\-f\ \fIinactive_days\fR] [\-g\ \fIinitial_group\fR] [\-G\ \fIgroup1\fR\ [\ \fI,group2,\fR...\ \fI,\fR\ [\fIgroupN\fR]\ [\-a]\ ]] [\-l\ \fInew_login_name\fR] [\-p\ \fIpassword\fR] [\-s\ \fIshell\fR] [\-u\ \fIuid\fR\ [\-o\ ]] [\-L \-U] \fIlogin_name\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
The
\fBusermod\fR
The
\fBusermod\fR
command modifies the system account files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
The options which apply to the
\fBusermod\fR
The options which apply to the
\fBusermod\fR
command are:
.TP
\fB\-c\fR \fIcomment\fR
The new value of the user's password file comment field. It is normally modified using the
\fBchfn\fR(1)utility.
The new value of the user's password file comment field. It is normally modified using the
\fBchfn\fR(1)
utility.
.TP
\fB\-d\fR \fIhome_dir\fR
The user's new login directory. If the
\fB\-m\fR
The user's new login directory. If the
\fB\-m\fR
option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
.TP
\fB\-e\fR \fIexpire_date\fR
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the format
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the format
\fIYYYY\-MM\-DD \fR.
.TP
\fB\-f\fR \fIinactive_days\fR
@@ -42,72 +43,76 @@ The number of days after a password expires until the account is permanently dis
\fB\-g\fR \fIinitial_group\fR
The group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. The default group number is 1.
.TP
\fB\-G\fR \fIgroup1\fR[\fI ,group2,..., \fR [\fIgroupN\fR]]]
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the
\fB\-g\fR
option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group. This behaviour can be changed via
\fB\-a\fR
\fB\-G\fR \fIgroup1\fR[\fI,group2,...,\fR[\fIgroupN\fR]]]
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the
\fB\-g\fR
option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group. This behaviour can be changed via
\fB\-a\fR
option, which appends user to the current supplementary group list.
.TP
\fB\-l\fR \fIlogin_name\fR
The name of the user will be changed from
\fIlogin \fR
to
\fIlogin_name\fR. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
\fB\-l\fR \fInew_login_name\fR
The name of the user will be changed from
\fIlogin_name\fR
to
\fInew_login_name\fR. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
.TP
\fB\-L\fR
Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the encrypted password, effectively disabling the password. You can't use this option with
\fB\-p\fR
or
Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the encrypted password, effectively disabling the password. You can't use this option with
\fB\-p\fR
or
\fB\-U\fR.
.TP
\fB\-o\fR
When used with the
\fB\-u\fR
When used with the
\fB\-u\fR
option, this option allows to change the user ID to a non\-unique value.
.TP
\fB\-p\fR \fIpasswd\fR
The encrypted password, as returned by
\fB\-p\fR \fIpassword\fR
The encrypted password, as returned by
\fBcrypt\fR(3).
.TP
\fB\-s\fR \fIshell\fR
The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
.TP
\fB\-u\fR \fIuid\fR
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the
\fB\-o\fR
option is used. The value must be non\-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system accounts. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered manually.
.TP
\fB\-U\fR
Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of the encrypted password. You can't use this option with
\fB\-p\fR
or
Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of the encrypted password. You can't use this option with
\fB\-p\fR
or
\fB\-L\fR.
.SH "CAVEATS"
.PP
\fBusermod\fR
\fBusermod\fR
will not allow you to change the name of a user who is logged in. You must make certain that the named user is not executing any processes when this command is being executed if the user's numerical user ID is being changed. You must change the owner of any crontab files manually. You must change the owner of any at jobs manually. You must make any changes involving NIS on the NIS server.
.SH "FILES"
.TP
\fI/etc/group\fR
group account information
.TP
\fI/etc/login.defs\fR
shadow password suite configuration
.TP
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
secure user account information
.TP
\fI/etc/group\fR
group account information
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBcrypt\fR(3),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBchfn\fR(1),
\fBchsh\fR(1),
\fBpasswd\fR(1),
\fBcrypt\fR(3),
\fBgpasswd\fR(8),
\fBgroupadd\fR(8),
\fBgroupdel\fR(8),
\fBgroupmod\fR(8),
\fBlogin.defs\fR(5),
\fBuseradd\fR(8),
\fBuserdel\fR(8).
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP

375
man/usermod.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='usermod.8'>
<!-- $Id: usermod.8.xml,v 1.12 2005/08/09 17:49:32 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: usermod.8.xml,v 1.18 2005/09/30 15:41:20 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
@@ -14,39 +14,39 @@
<refsynopsisdiv id='synopsis'>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>usermod</command>
<command>usermod</command>
<arg choice='opt'>-c <replaceable>comment</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-d <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-G <replaceable>group1</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>,group2,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>groupN</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-G <replaceable>group1</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>,group2,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>,</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'><replaceable>groupN</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-a</arg>
</arg>
</arg>
</arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-l <replaceable>login_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>passwd</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-l <replaceable>new_login_name</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>password</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>shell</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-u <replaceable>uid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-u <replaceable>uid</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='opt'>-o </arg>
</arg>
<group choice='opt'>
<arg choice='plain'>-L </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-L </arg>
<arg choice='plain'>-U </arg>
</group>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice='plain'><replaceable>login_name</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='options'>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -63,175 +63,182 @@
</para>
<variablelist remap='IP'>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-c</option> <replaceable>comment</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The new value of the user's password file comment
field. It is normally modified using the <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>utility.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-c</option> <replaceable>comment</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The new value of the user's password file comment field. It is
normally modified using the <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry> utility.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-d</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The user's new login directory. If the <option>-m</option>
option is given the contents of the current home directory will
be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does
not already exist.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-d</option> <replaceable>home_dir</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The user's new login directory. If the <option>-m</option>
option is given the contents of the current home directory will
be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does
not already exist.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The date on which the user account will be disabled. The
date is specified in the format <emphasis remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD
</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-e</option> <replaceable>expire_date</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is
specified in the format <emphasis remap='I'>YYYY-MM-DD
</emphasis>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The number of days after a password expires until the
account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the
account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1
disables the feature. The default value is -1.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-f</option> <replaceable>inactive_days</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The number of days after a password expires until the account is
permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon
as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the
feature. The default value is -1.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The group name or number of the user's new initial login
group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to
an already existing group. The default group number is 1.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-g</option> <replaceable>initial_group</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The group name or number of the user's new initial login group.
The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an
already existing group. The default group number is 1.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-G</option> <replaceable>group1</replaceable>[<emphasis remap='I'>
,group2,...,
</emphasis>
[<emphasis remap='I'>groupN</emphasis>]]]
</term>
<listitem>
<para>A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a
member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma,
with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the
same restrictions as the group given with the
<option>-g</option> option. If the user is currently a member of
a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the
group. This behaviour can be changed via <option>-a</option> option,
which appends user to the current supplementary group list.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-G</option>
<replaceable>group1</replaceable>[<emphasis remap='I'>,group2,...,</emphasis>[<emphasis remap='I'>groupN</emphasis>]]]
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member
of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no
intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same
restrictions as the group given with the <option>-g</option>
option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is
not listed, the user will be removed from the group. This
behaviour can be changed via <option>-a</option> option, which
appends user to the current supplementary group list.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-l</option> <replaceable>login_name</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the user will be changed from <emphasis
remap='I'>login </emphasis> to <emphasis
remap='I'>login_name</emphasis>. Nothing else is changed. In
particular, the user's home directory name should probably be
changed to reflect the new login name.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-l</option> <replaceable>new_login_name</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the user will be changed from <emphasis
remap='I'>login_name</emphasis> to <emphasis
remap='I'>new_login_name</emphasis>. Nothing else is changed. In
particular, the user's home directory name should probably be
changed to reflect the new login name.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-L</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the
encrypted password, effectively disabling the password. You
can't use this option with <option>-p</option> or
<option>-U</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-L</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the
encrypted password, effectively disabling the password. You
can't use this option with <option>-p</option> or
<option>-U</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-o</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
When used with the <option>-u</option> option, this option
allows to change the user ID to a non-unique value.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-o</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
When used with the <option>-u</option> option, this option
allows to change the user ID to a non-unique value.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-p</option> <replaceable>passwd</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-p</option> <replaceable>password</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-s</option> <replaceable>shell</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field
to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-s</option> <replaceable>shell</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field
to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-u</option> <replaceable>uid</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be
unique, unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value
must be non-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically
reserved for system accounts. Any files which the user owns and
which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's
home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically.
Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered
manually.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-u</option> <replaceable>uid</replaceable>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique,
unless the <option>-o</option> option is used. The value must be
non-negative. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved
for system accounts. Any files which the user owns and which are
located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home
directory will have the file user ID changed automatically.
Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered
manually.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<option>-U</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of
the encrypted password. You can't use this option with
<option>-p</option> or <option>-L</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
<term>
<option>-U</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of the
encrypted password. You can't use this option with
<option>-p</option> or <option>-L</option>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='caveats'>
<title>CAVEATS</title>
<para><command>usermod</command> will not allow you to change the name of a
<para>
<command>usermod</command> will not allow you to change the name of a
user who is logged in. You must make certain that the named user is
not executing any processes when this command is being executed if the
user's numerical user ID is being changed. You must change the owner
@@ -240,60 +247,76 @@
server.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='files'>
<title>FILES</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>group account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>secure user account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/login.defs</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>shadow password suite configuration</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/group</filename></term>
<listitem>group account information</listitem>
<term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><filename>/etc/shadow</filename></term>
<listitem>
<para>secure user account information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='author'>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>Julianne Frances Haugh (jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com)</para>

38
man/vipw.8
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
.\" ** You probably do not want to edit this file directly **
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.0).
.\" It was generated using the DocBook XSL Stylesheets (version 1.69.1).
.\" Instead of manually editing it, you probably should edit the DocBook XML
.\" source for it and then use the DocBook XSL Stylesheets to regenerate it.
.TH "VIPW" "8" "26 Sep 1997" "26 Sep 1997" "26 Sep 1997"
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
.ad l
.SH "NAME"
vipw, vigr \- edit the password, group, shadow\-password, or shadow\-group file.
vipw, vigr \- edit the password, group, shadow\-password or shadow\-group file.
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.HP 5
\fBvipw\fR [\-s]
@@ -16,23 +16,23 @@ vipw, vigr \- edit the password, group, shadow\-password, or shadow\-group file.
\fBvigr\fR [\-s]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
\fBvipw\fR
and
\fBvigr\fR
will edit the files
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/group\fR, respectively. With the
\fB\-s\fR
flag, they will edit the shadow versions of those files,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR, respectively. The programs will set the appropriate locks to prevent file corruption. When looking for an editor, the programs will first try the environment variable
\fB$VISUAL\fR, then the environment variable
\fI$EDITOR\fR, and finally the default editor,
\fBvipw\fR
and
\fBvigr\fR
will edit the files
\fI/etc/passwd\fR
and
\fI/etc/group\fR, respectively. With the
\fB\-s\fR
flag, they will edit the shadow versions of those files,
\fI/etc/shadow\fR
and
\fI/etc/gshadow\fR, respectively. The programs will set the appropriate locks to prevent file corruption. When looking for an editor, the programs will first try the environment variable
\fB$VISUAL\fR, then the environment variable
\fI$EDITOR\fR, and finally the default editor,
\fBvi\fR(1).
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5)
\fBgroup\fR(5),
\fBpasswd\fR(5),
\fBshadow\fR(5).

30
man/vipw.8.xml
View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
<refentry id='vipw.8'>
<!-- $Id: vipw.8.xml,v 1.7 2005/06/15 12:39:27 kloczek Exp $ -->
<!-- $Id: vipw.8.xml,v 1.11 2005/10/01 15:01:46 kloczek Exp $ -->
<refentryinfo>
<date>26 Sep 1997</date>
</refentryinfo>
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
<refnamediv id='name'>
<refname>vipw</refname>
<refname>vigr</refname>
<refpurpose>edit the password, group, shadow-password, or shadow-group
file.
<refpurpose>
edit the password, group, shadow-password or shadow-group file.
</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
@@ -27,10 +27,11 @@
<command>vigr</command><arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1 id='description'>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para><command>vipw</command> and <command>vigr</command> will edit the
<para>
<command>vipw</command> and <command>vigr</command> will edit the
files <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and
<filename>/etc/group</filename>, respectively. With the
<option>-s</option> flag, they will edit the shadow versions of those
@@ -38,24 +39,25 @@
<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>, respectively. The programs will set
the appropriate locks to prevent file corruption. When looking for an
editor, the programs will first try the environment variable
<envar>$VISUAL</envar>, then the environment variable <emphasis
remap='B'>$EDITOR</emphasis>, and finally the default editor, <citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
<envar>$VISUAL</envar>, then the environment variable
<emphasis>$EDITOR</emphasis>, and finally the default editor,
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id='see_also'>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para><citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<para>
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>,
<citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>
<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</citerefentry>.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

13
man/zh_CN/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/zh_CN
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -78,6 +79,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -89,6 +92,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -128,6 +132,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -198,9 +205,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/zh_CN/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/zh_CN/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/zh_CN/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/zh_CN/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \

13
man/zh_TW/Makefile.in
View File

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man/zh_TW
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -78,6 +79,8 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_FALSE@
ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE = @ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN_TRUE@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
F77 = @F77@
FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@
@@ -89,6 +92,7 @@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
@@ -128,6 +132,9 @@ U = @U@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
YACC = @YACC@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
@@ -197,9 +204,9 @@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__confi
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/zh_TW/Makefile'; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/zh_TW/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/zh_TW/Makefile
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/zh_TW/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \